|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
464
|
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
|
|
7
|
66 struct Completion
|
|
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
71 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
72 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
73 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
74 };
|
|
|
75
|
|
464
|
76 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
77 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 /*
|
|
|
80 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
81 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
82 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
83 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
84 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
85 */
|
|
464
|
86 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
87 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
88 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
89
|
|
657
|
90 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
|
91 * are used. */
|
|
|
92 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
94 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
|
95 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
|
96 the longest common string. */
|
|
|
97
|
|
449
|
98 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
99 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
644
|
100 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
101
|
|
464
|
102 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
103 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
104 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
105 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
106 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
107 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
108 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
109 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
110 static int save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
111 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
112 * completion started */
|
|
|
113 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
114 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
115
|
|
|
116 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
117 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
7
|
118 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
119 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
120 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
121 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
648
|
122 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
123 static int pum_two_or_more __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
124 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
125 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
126 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
127 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
128 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
|
540
|
129 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
130 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
131 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
132 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
133 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
610
|
134 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count));
|
|
|
135 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
644
|
136 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
|
610
|
137 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
138 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
139 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
140 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
142 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
143 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
144 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
145 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
147 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
148 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
149 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
150 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
151 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
152 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
153 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
154 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
155 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
156 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
157 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
158 #endif
|
|
7
|
159 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
160 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
161 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
162 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
163 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
164 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
165 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
166 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
167 #endif
|
|
|
168 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
169 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
170 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
171 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
172 #endif
|
|
|
173 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
174 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
175 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
176 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
177 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
178 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
179 #endif
|
|
|
180 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
181 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
182 #endif
|
|
449
|
183 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
184 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
185 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
186 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
187 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
188 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
189 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
190 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
191 #endif
|
|
|
192 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
193 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
194 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
195 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
196 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
197 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
198 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
199 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
200 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
201 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
202 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
203 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
204 #endif
|
|
|
205 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
206 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
207 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
208 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
209 #endif
|
|
|
210 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
211 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
212 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
213 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
214 #endif
|
|
|
215 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
217 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
218 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
221 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
222 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
223 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
224 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
225
|
|
|
226 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
227 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
228 #endif
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
230 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
233 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
234 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
235 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
236 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
237 #endif
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
239 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
240 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
241 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
243 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
244 under the cursor */
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
246 /*
|
|
|
247 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
248 *
|
|
|
249 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
250 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
251 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
252 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
253 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
254 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
255 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
256 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
257 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
258 *
|
|
|
259 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
260 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
261 *
|
|
|
262 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
263 */
|
|
|
264 int
|
|
|
265 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
266 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
267 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
268 long count;
|
|
|
269 {
|
|
|
270 int c = 0;
|
|
|
271 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
272 int lastc;
|
|
|
273 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
274 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
275 int i;
|
|
|
276 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
277 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
278 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
279 #endif
|
|
|
280 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
281 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
282 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
283 #endif
|
|
|
284 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
285 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
286 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
287
|
|
603
|
288 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
289 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
290
|
|
7
|
291 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
292 * error message */
|
|
|
293 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
295 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
296 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
297 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
298 {
|
|
|
299 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
300 return FALSE;
|
|
|
301 }
|
|
|
302 #endif
|
|
632
|
303 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
304 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
305 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
306 {
|
|
|
307 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
308 return FALSE;
|
|
|
309 }
|
|
7
|
310
|
|
|
311 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
312 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
313 #endif
|
|
|
314
|
|
11
|
315 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
316 /*
|
|
|
317 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
318 */
|
|
|
319 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
320 {
|
|
532
|
321 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
322 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
323 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
324 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
325 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
326 else
|
|
|
327 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
328 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
329 # endif
|
|
11
|
330 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
331 }
|
|
|
332 #endif
|
|
|
333
|
|
7
|
334 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
335 /*
|
|
|
336 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
337 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
338 */
|
|
|
339 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
340 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
341 else
|
|
|
342 #endif
|
|
|
343 {
|
|
|
344 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
345 if (startln)
|
|
|
346 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
347 }
|
|
|
348 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
349 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
350 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
351 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
353 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
354 {
|
|
|
355 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
356 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
357 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
358 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
359 {
|
|
|
360 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
361 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
362 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
363 }
|
|
|
364 else
|
|
|
365 #endif
|
|
|
366 {
|
|
|
367 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
368 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
369 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
370 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
371 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
372 }
|
|
|
373 }
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
375 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
376 {
|
|
|
377 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
378 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
379 {
|
|
|
380 beep_flush();
|
|
|
381 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
382 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
383 }
|
|
|
384 else
|
|
|
385 #endif
|
|
|
386 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
387 }
|
|
|
388 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
389 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
390 {
|
|
|
391 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
392 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
393 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
394 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
395 }
|
|
|
396 #endif
|
|
|
397 else
|
|
|
398 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
400 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
401
|
|
|
402 /*
|
|
|
403 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
404 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
405 */
|
|
|
406 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
408 /*
|
|
|
409 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
410 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
411 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
412 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
413 */
|
|
|
414 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
415 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
416 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
417 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
418 #endif
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
420 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
421 setmouse();
|
|
|
422 #endif
|
|
|
423 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
424 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
425 #endif
|
|
|
426 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
427 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
428 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
429 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
430 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
431 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
432 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
433 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
434 #endif
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
436 /*
|
|
|
437 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
438 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
439 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
440 */
|
|
|
441 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
442 {
|
|
|
443 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
444 /*
|
|
|
445 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
446 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
447 */
|
|
|
448 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
449 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
450 else
|
|
|
451 #endif
|
|
|
452 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
453 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
455 /*
|
|
|
456 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
457 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
458 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
459 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
460 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
461 */
|
|
|
462 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
463 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
464 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
465 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
466 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
467 {
|
|
|
468 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
469 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
470 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
471 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
472 {
|
|
474
|
473 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
474 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
475 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
476 }
|
|
|
477 #endif
|
|
|
478 }
|
|
230
|
479 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
480 }
|
|
|
481 else
|
|
|
482 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
485 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
487 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
488 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
489
|
|
|
490 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
491 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
492 #endif
|
|
|
493 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
494 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
495 #endif
|
|
|
496 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
497 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
498 * restarting. */
|
|
|
499 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
500 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
501 #endif
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
503 /*
|
|
|
504 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
505 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
506 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
507 */
|
|
|
508 i = 0;
|
|
644
|
509 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
|
7
|
510 i = showmode();
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
513 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
516 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
517 #endif
|
|
|
518 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
519 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
520 #endif
|
|
|
521
|
|
603
|
522 /*
|
|
|
523 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
524 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
525 */
|
|
7
|
526 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
527 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
528 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
529 else
|
|
|
530 {
|
|
|
531 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
532 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
533 }
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
536
|
|
|
537 /*
|
|
|
538 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
539 */
|
|
|
540 for (;;)
|
|
|
541 {
|
|
|
542 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
543 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
544 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
545 else
|
|
|
546 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
547 #endif
|
|
|
548 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
549 count = 0;
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
551 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
552 {
|
|
|
553 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
554 count = 0;
|
|
|
555 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
556 }
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
558 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
559 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
560 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
562 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
563 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
564 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
565 {
|
|
|
566 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
567 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
568 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
569 }
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
571 /*
|
|
|
572 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
573 */
|
|
|
574 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
576 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
577 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
578 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
579 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
580 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
581 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
582 #endif
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
584 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
585 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
586 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
587 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
588 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
589 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
590 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
591 #endif
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
593 /*
|
|
|
594 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
595 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
596 * redraw.
|
|
|
597 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
598 * something.
|
|
|
599 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
600 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
601 */
|
|
|
602 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
603 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
604 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
605 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
606 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
607 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
608 #endif
|
|
|
609 )
|
|
|
610 {
|
|
|
611 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
612 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
615 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
616 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
617 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
618 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
619 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
620 #endif
|
|
|
621 ))
|
|
|
622 {
|
|
|
623 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
624 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
625 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
626 else
|
|
|
627 #endif
|
|
|
628 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
629 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
630 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
631 else
|
|
|
632 #endif
|
|
|
633 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
634 }
|
|
|
635 }
|
|
|
636
|
|
|
637 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
638 update_topline();
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
640 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
644 /*
|
|
|
645 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
646 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
647 */
|
|
|
648 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
651 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
652 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
653 #endif
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
655 update_curswant();
|
|
|
656 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
657 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
658 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
659 #endif
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
661 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
662 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
663 #endif
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
665 /*
|
|
|
666 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
667 */
|
|
|
668 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
669 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
670
|
|
|
671 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
672 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
673 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
674 #endif
|
|
|
675 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
676 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
677 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
678 #endif
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
680 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
540
|
681 /* When the popup menu is visible cursor keys change the selection. */
|
|
|
682 if (c == K_UP && pum_visible())
|
|
|
683 c = Ctrl_P;
|
|
|
684 if (c == K_DOWN && pum_visible())
|
|
|
685 c = Ctrl_N;
|
|
|
686
|
|
657
|
687 /* When using BS while the popup menu is wanted and still after the
|
|
|
688 * character where completion started: Change the subset of matches to
|
|
|
689 * what matches "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
690 if (compl_started && pum_wanted() && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col)
|
|
|
691 {
|
|
|
692 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) && ins_compl_bs())
|
|
|
693 continue;
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
695 /* Editing the word. */
|
|
|
696 if (!compl_used_match && vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
697 {
|
|
|
698 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
699 continue;
|
|
|
700 }
|
|
|
701 }
|
|
|
702
|
|
7
|
703 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
704 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
657
|
705 if (c != K_IGNORE && ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
|
706 continue;
|
|
7
|
707 #endif
|
|
|
708
|
|
477
|
709 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
710 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
711 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
712 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
713 {
|
|
|
714 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
715 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
716 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
717 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
718 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
719 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
720 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
721 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
722 {
|
|
477
|
723 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
724 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
725 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
726 }
|
|
|
727 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
728 continue;
|
|
|
729 else
|
|
|
730 {
|
|
477
|
731 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
732 {
|
|
|
733 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
734 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
735 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
736 }
|
|
7
|
737 count = 0;
|
|
|
738 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
739 }
|
|
|
740 }
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
742 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
743 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
744 #endif
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
746 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
747 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
748 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
749 #endif
|
|
|
750 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
751 {
|
|
|
752 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
753 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
754 continue;
|
|
|
755 }
|
|
|
756
|
|
|
757 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
758 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
759 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
760 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
761 # endif
|
|
|
762 )
|
|
|
763 {
|
|
|
764 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
765 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
766 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
767 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
768 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
769 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
770 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
771 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
772 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
773 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
774 }
|
|
|
775 #endif
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
777 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
778 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
779 switch (c)
|
|
|
780 {
|
|
|
781 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
782 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
783 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
784 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
785 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
786 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
787 }
|
|
|
788 #endif
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
790 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
791 /*
|
|
|
792 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
793 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
794 * characters.
|
|
|
795 */
|
|
|
796 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
797 continue;
|
|
|
798 #endif
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
800 /*
|
|
|
801 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
802 */
|
|
|
803 switch (c)
|
|
|
804 {
|
|
449
|
805 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
806 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
807 break;
|
|
|
808 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
809
|
|
449
|
810 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
811 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
812 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
813 {
|
|
|
814 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
815 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
816 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
817 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
818 }
|
|
|
819 #endif
|
|
|
820
|
|
|
821 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
822 do_intr:
|
|
|
823 #endif
|
|
|
824 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
825 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
826 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
827 {
|
|
|
828 if (got_int)
|
|
|
829 {
|
|
|
830 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
831 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
832 }
|
|
|
833 else
|
|
|
834 vim_beep();
|
|
|
835 break;
|
|
|
836 }
|
|
|
837 doESCkey:
|
|
|
838 /*
|
|
|
839 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
840 */
|
|
|
841 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
842 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
843 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
844 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
845
|
|
477
|
846 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
847 {
|
|
|
848 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
849 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
850 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
851 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
852 #endif
|
|
7
|
853 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
854 }
|
|
7
|
855 continue;
|
|
|
856
|
|
449
|
857 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
858 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
859 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
860 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
861 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
862 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
864 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
865 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
866 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
867 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
868 #endif
|
|
|
869 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
870 break;
|
|
|
871 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
872 count = 0;
|
|
|
873 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
874
|
|
464
|
875 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
876 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
877 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
878 break;
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
880 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
881 break;
|
|
|
882
|
|
449
|
883 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
884 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
885 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
886 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
887 #endif
|
|
|
888
|
|
|
889 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
890 case K_F1:
|
|
|
891 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
892 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
893 if (p_im)
|
|
|
894 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
895 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
896
|
|
|
897 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
898 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
899 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
900 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
901 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
902 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
903 break;
|
|
|
904 #endif
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
906 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
907 case NUL:
|
|
|
908 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
909 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
910 * error. */
|
|
7
|
911 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
912 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
913 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
914 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
915 break;
|
|
|
916
|
|
449
|
917 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
918 ins_reg();
|
|
|
919 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
920 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
921 break;
|
|
|
922
|
|
449
|
923 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
924 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
925 break;
|
|
|
926
|
|
449
|
927 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
928 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
929 break;
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
931 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
932 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
933 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
934 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
935 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
936 break;
|
|
|
937 #endif
|
|
|
938
|
|
449
|
939 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
940 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
941 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
942 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
943 #endif
|
|
|
944 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
945
|
|
449
|
946 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
947 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
948 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
949 {
|
|
449
|
950 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
951 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
952 break;
|
|
7
|
953 }
|
|
|
954 # endif
|
|
|
955 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
956 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
957 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
958 break;
|
|
|
959
|
|
449
|
960 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
961 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
962 ins_del();
|
|
|
963 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
964 break;
|
|
|
965
|
|
449
|
966 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
967 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
968 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
969 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
970 break;
|
|
|
971
|
|
449
|
972 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
973 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
974 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
975 break;
|
|
|
976
|
|
449
|
977 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
978 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
979 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
980 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
981 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
982 # endif
|
|
7
|
983 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
984 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
985 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
986 break;
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
988 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
989 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
990 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
991 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
992 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
993 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
994 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
995 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
996 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
997 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
998 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
999 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1000 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1001 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1002 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1003 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1004 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1005 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1006 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1007 break;
|
|
|
1008
|
|
449
|
1009 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
1010 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1011 break;
|
|
|
1012
|
|
449
|
1013 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
1014 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1015 break;
|
|
|
1016 #endif
|
|
|
1017
|
|
449
|
1018 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
1019 break;
|
|
|
1020
|
|
625
|
1021 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
1022 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
1023 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1024 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1025 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1026 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1027 break;
|
|
|
1028 #endif
|
|
|
1029
|
|
7
|
1030 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1031 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1032 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1033 break;
|
|
|
1034
|
|
|
1035 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1036 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1037 break;
|
|
|
1038 #endif
|
|
|
1039
|
|
449
|
1040 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1041 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1042 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1043 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1044 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1045 break;
|
|
|
1046
|
|
449
|
1047 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1048 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1049 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1050 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1051 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1052 break;
|
|
|
1053
|
|
449
|
1054 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1055 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1056 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1057 else
|
|
|
1058 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1059 break;
|
|
|
1060
|
|
449
|
1061 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1062 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1063 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1064 break;
|
|
|
1065
|
|
449
|
1066 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1067 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1068 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1069 else
|
|
|
1070 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1071 break;
|
|
|
1072
|
|
449
|
1073 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1074 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1075 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1076 break;
|
|
|
1077
|
|
449
|
1078 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
180
|
1079 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1080 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1081 else
|
|
|
1082 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1083 break;
|
|
|
1084
|
|
449
|
1085 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1086 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1087 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1088 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1089 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1090 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1091 #endif
|
|
7
|
1092 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1093 break;
|
|
|
1094
|
|
449
|
1095 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
180
|
1096 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1097 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1098 else
|
|
|
1099 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1100 break;
|
|
|
1101
|
|
449
|
1102 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1103 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1104 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1105 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1106 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1107 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1108 #endif
|
|
7
|
1109 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1110 break;
|
|
|
1111
|
|
|
1112 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1113 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1114 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1115 break;
|
|
|
1116 #endif
|
|
|
1117
|
|
449
|
1118 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1119 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1120 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1121
|
|
449
|
1122 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1123 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1124 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1125 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1126 #endif
|
|
|
1127 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1128 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1129 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1130 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1131 break;
|
|
|
1132
|
|
449
|
1133 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1134 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1135 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1136 case CAR:
|
|
|
1137 case NL:
|
|
|
1138 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1139 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1140 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1141 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1142 {
|
|
644
|
1143 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
|
1144 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1145 else /* location list window */
|
|
|
1146 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
|
7
|
1147 break;
|
|
|
1148 }
|
|
|
1149 #endif
|
|
|
1150 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1151 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1152 {
|
|
|
1153 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1154 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1155 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1156 }
|
|
|
1157 #endif
|
|
|
1158 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1159 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1160 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1161 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1162 break;
|
|
|
1163
|
|
|
1164 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1165 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1166 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1167 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1168 {
|
|
449
|
1169 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1170 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1171 break;
|
|
7
|
1172 }
|
|
|
1173 # endif
|
|
|
1174 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1175 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1176 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1177 break;
|
|
|
1178 # endif
|
|
|
1179 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1180 #endif
|
|
7
|
1181
|
|
|
1182 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1183 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1184 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1185 break;
|
|
|
1186
|
|
449
|
1187 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1188 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1189 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1190 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1191
|
|
449
|
1192 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1193 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1194 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1195 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1196
|
|
|
1197 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1198 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1199 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1200 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1201 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1202 #endif
|
|
|
1203
|
|
449
|
1204 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1205 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1206 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1207 #endif
|
|
|
1208 {
|
|
|
1209 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1210 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1211 {
|
|
|
1212 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1213 break;
|
|
|
1214 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1215 }
|
|
|
1216 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1217 }
|
|
|
1218 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1219 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1220
|
|
449
|
1221 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1222 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1223 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1224 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1225 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1226 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1227 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1228 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1229
|
|
|
1230 docomplete:
|
|
|
1231 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1232 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1233 break;
|
|
|
1234 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1235
|
|
449
|
1236 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1237 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1238 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1239 break;
|
|
|
1240
|
|
|
1241 default:
|
|
|
1242 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1243 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1244 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1245 #endif
|
|
|
1246
|
|
|
1247 /*
|
|
|
1248 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1249 */
|
|
|
1250 normalchar:
|
|
|
1251 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1252 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1253 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1254 #endif
|
|
|
1255
|
|
|
1256 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1257 {
|
|
|
1258 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1259 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1260 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1261 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1262 #endif
|
|
|
1263 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1264 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1265 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1266 }
|
|
|
1267
|
|
|
1268 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1269 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1270 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1271 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1272 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1273 #endif
|
|
|
1274 c))
|
|
|
1275 {
|
|
|
1276 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1277 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1278 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1279 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1280 #endif
|
|
|
1281 }
|
|
|
1282
|
|
|
1283 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1284
|
|
|
1285 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1286 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1287 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1288 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1289 #endif
|
|
|
1290 break;
|
|
|
1291 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1292
|
|
|
1293 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1294 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1295 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1298 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1299 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1300 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1301 # endif
|
|
|
1302 )
|
|
|
1303 {
|
|
|
1304 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1305 /*
|
|
|
1306 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1307 */
|
|
|
1308 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1309 {
|
|
|
1310 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1311 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1312 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1313 }
|
|
|
1314 }
|
|
|
1315 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1318 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1319 }
|
|
|
1320
|
|
|
1321 /*
|
|
|
1322 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1323 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1324 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1325 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1326 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1327 */
|
|
|
1328 static void
|
|
|
1329 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1330 {
|
|
|
1331 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1332 {
|
|
|
1333 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1334 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1335 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1336 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1337 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1338 setcursor();
|
|
|
1339 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1340 }
|
|
|
1341 }
|
|
|
1342
|
|
|
1343 /*
|
|
|
1344 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1345 */
|
|
|
1346 static void
|
|
|
1347 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1348 {
|
|
|
1349 int c;
|
|
|
1350
|
|
|
1351 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1352 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1353
|
|
|
1354 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1355 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1356 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1357
|
|
|
1358 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1359 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1360 #endif
|
|
|
1361
|
|
|
1362 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1363 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1364 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1365 #endif
|
|
|
1366 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1367 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1368 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1369 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1370 #endif
|
|
|
1371 }
|
|
|
1372
|
|
|
1373 /*
|
|
|
1374 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1375 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1376 */
|
|
|
1377 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1378 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1379 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1380 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1381 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1382 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1383 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1384 #else
|
|
|
1385 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1386 #endif
|
|
|
1387 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1388 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1389 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1390
|
|
|
1391 void
|
|
|
1392 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1393 int c;
|
|
|
1394 int highlight;
|
|
|
1395 {
|
|
|
1396 int attr;
|
|
|
1397
|
|
|
1398 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1399 {
|
|
|
1400 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1401 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1402 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1403 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1404 else
|
|
|
1405 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1406 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1407 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1408 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1409 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1410 #endif
|
|
|
1411 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1412 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1413 {
|
|
|
1414 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1415 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1416 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1417 {
|
|
|
1418 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1419
|
|
|
1420 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1421 {
|
|
|
1422 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1423 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1424 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1425 }
|
|
|
1426 }
|
|
|
1427 # endif
|
|
|
1428 }
|
|
|
1429 else
|
|
|
1430 #endif
|
|
|
1431 {
|
|
|
1432 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1433 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1434 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1435 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1436 #endif
|
|
|
1437 }
|
|
|
1438
|
|
|
1439 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1440 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1441 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1442 #endif
|
|
|
1443 {
|
|
|
1444 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1445 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1446 }
|
|
|
1447 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1448 }
|
|
|
1449 }
|
|
|
1450
|
|
|
1451 /*
|
|
|
1452 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1453 */
|
|
|
1454 void
|
|
|
1455 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1456 {
|
|
|
1457 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1458 {
|
|
|
1459 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1460 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1461 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1462 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1463 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1464 else
|
|
|
1465 #endif
|
|
|
1466 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1467 }
|
|
|
1468 }
|
|
|
1469
|
|
|
1470 /*
|
|
|
1471 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1472 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1473 */
|
|
|
1474 void
|
|
|
1475 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1476 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1477 {
|
|
|
1478 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1479
|
|
|
1480 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1481 return;
|
|
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1484 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1485 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1486 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1487 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1488 {
|
|
|
1489 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1492 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1493 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1494 }
|
|
|
1495 #endif
|
|
|
1496 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1497 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1498 {
|
|
|
1499 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1500 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1501 }
|
|
|
1502 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1503 }
|
|
|
1504
|
|
|
1505 /*
|
|
|
1506 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1507 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1508 */
|
|
|
1509 static void
|
|
|
1510 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1511 {
|
|
|
1512 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1513 {
|
|
|
1514 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1515 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1516 }
|
|
|
1517 }
|
|
|
1518
|
|
|
1519 /*
|
|
|
1520 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1521 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1522 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1523 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1524 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1525 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1526 */
|
|
|
1527 void
|
|
|
1528 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1529 int type;
|
|
|
1530 int amount;
|
|
|
1531 int round;
|
|
|
1532 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1533 {
|
|
|
1534 int vcol;
|
|
|
1535 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1536 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1537 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1538 int i;
|
|
|
1539 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1540 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1541 int start_col;
|
|
|
1542 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1543 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1544 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1545 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1546
|
|
|
1547 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1548 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1549 {
|
|
|
1550 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1551 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1552 }
|
|
|
1553 #endif
|
|
|
1554
|
|
|
1555 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1556 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1557 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1558 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1559 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1560
|
|
|
1561 /*
|
|
|
1562 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1563 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1564 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1565 */
|
|
|
1566 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1567
|
|
|
1568 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1569 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1570 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1571 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1572
|
|
|
1573 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1574
|
|
|
1575 /*
|
|
|
1576 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1577 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1578 */
|
|
|
1579 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1580 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1581
|
|
|
1582 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1583 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1584
|
|
|
1585 /*
|
|
|
1586 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1587 */
|
|
|
1588 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1589 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1590 else
|
|
|
1591 {
|
|
|
1592 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1593 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1594
|
|
|
1595 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1596 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1597 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1598 #endif
|
|
|
1599 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1600 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1601 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1602 #endif
|
|
|
1603 }
|
|
|
1604 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1605
|
|
|
1606 /*
|
|
|
1607 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1608 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1609 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1610 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1611 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1612 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1613 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1614 */
|
|
|
1615 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1616 {
|
|
|
1617 /*
|
|
|
1618 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1619 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1620 */
|
|
|
1621 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1622 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1623 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1624 }
|
|
|
1625 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1626 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1627 else
|
|
|
1628 {
|
|
|
1629 /*
|
|
|
1630 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1631 */
|
|
|
1632 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1633 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1634
|
|
|
1635 /*
|
|
|
1636 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1637 */
|
|
|
1638 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1639 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1640 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1641 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1642 {
|
|
|
1643 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1644 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1645 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1646 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1647 else
|
|
|
1648 #endif
|
|
|
1649 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1650 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1651 }
|
|
|
1652 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1653
|
|
|
1654 /*
|
|
|
1655 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1656 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1657 */
|
|
|
1658 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1659 {
|
|
|
1660 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1661 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1662 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1663 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1664 {
|
|
|
1665 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1666 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1667 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1668 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1669 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1670 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1671 }
|
|
|
1672 }
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 /*
|
|
|
1675 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1676 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1677 */
|
|
|
1678 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1679 }
|
|
|
1680
|
|
|
1681 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1682
|
|
|
1683 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1684 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1685 else
|
|
|
1686 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1687 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1688 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 /*
|
|
|
1691 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1692 */
|
|
|
1693 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1694 {
|
|
|
1695 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1696 {
|
|
|
1697 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1698 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1699 else
|
|
|
1700 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1701 }
|
|
|
1702 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1703 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1704 else
|
|
|
1705 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1706 }
|
|
|
1707
|
|
|
1708 /*
|
|
|
1709 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1710 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1711 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1712 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1713 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1714 */
|
|
|
1715 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1716 {
|
|
|
1717 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1718 {
|
|
|
1719 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1720 --start_col;
|
|
|
1721 }
|
|
|
1722 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1723 {
|
|
|
1724 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1725 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1726 {
|
|
|
1727 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1728 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1729 }
|
|
|
1730 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1731 }
|
|
|
1732 }
|
|
|
1733
|
|
|
1734 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1735 /*
|
|
|
1736 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1737 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1738 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1739 */
|
|
|
1740 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1741 {
|
|
|
1742 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1743 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1744 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1745 return;
|
|
|
1746
|
|
|
1747 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1748 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1749 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1750 return;
|
|
|
1751
|
|
|
1752 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1753 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1754
|
|
|
1755 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1756 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1757 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1758
|
|
|
1759 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1760 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1761
|
|
|
1762 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1763 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1764
|
|
|
1765 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1766 }
|
|
|
1767 #endif
|
|
|
1768 }
|
|
|
1769
|
|
|
1770 /*
|
|
|
1771 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1772 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1773 * modes.
|
|
|
1774 */
|
|
|
1775 void
|
|
|
1776 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1777 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1778 {
|
|
|
1779 int i;
|
|
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1782 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1783 {
|
|
|
1784 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1785 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1786 }
|
|
|
1787 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1788 }
|
|
|
1789
|
|
|
1790 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1791 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1792 /*
|
|
|
1793 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1794 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1795 */
|
|
|
1796 void
|
|
|
1797 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1798 int col;
|
|
|
1799 {
|
|
|
1800 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1801 {
|
|
|
1802 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1803 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1804 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1805 else
|
|
|
1806 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1807 }
|
|
|
1808 }
|
|
|
1809 #endif
|
|
|
1810
|
|
|
1811 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1812 /*
|
|
449
|
1813 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1814 */
|
|
|
1815 static void
|
|
|
1816 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1817 {
|
|
|
1818 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1819 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1820 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1821 {
|
|
|
1822 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1823 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1824 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
1825 compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
1826 else
|
|
|
1827 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1828 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1829 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1830 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1831 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1832 showmode();
|
|
|
1833 }
|
|
|
1834 }
|
|
|
1835
|
|
|
1836 /*
|
|
|
1837 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1838 */
|
|
|
1839 static int
|
|
|
1840 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1841 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1842 {
|
|
|
1843 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1844 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1845 {
|
|
|
1846 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1847 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1848 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1849 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1850 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1851 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1852 {
|
|
|
1853 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1854 setcursor();
|
|
|
1855 out_flush();
|
|
|
1856 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1857 }
|
|
|
1858 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1859 }
|
|
|
1860 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1861 }
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
1863 /*
|
|
7
|
1864 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1865 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1866 */
|
|
|
1867 int
|
|
|
1868 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1869 int c;
|
|
|
1870 {
|
|
|
1871 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1872 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1873 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1874
|
|
610
|
1875 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
644
|
1876 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
1877 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1878
|
|
7
|
1879 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1880 {
|
|
|
1881 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1882 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1883 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1884 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1885 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1886 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1887 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
1888 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
1889 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
1890 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1891 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1892 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1893 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1894 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1895 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1896 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1897 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1898 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1899 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1900 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1901 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1902 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1903 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1904 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1905 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1906 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1907 #endif
|
|
|
1908 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1909 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1910 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1911 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1912 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1913 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
1914 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
1915 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
1916 #endif
|
|
477
|
1917 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
1918 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1919 }
|
|
|
1920 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1921 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1922 }
|
|
|
1923
|
|
|
1924 /*
|
|
|
1925 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1926 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1927 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1928 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1929 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1930 */
|
|
|
1931 int
|
|
464
|
1932 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1933 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1934 int len;
|
|
|
1935 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1936 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1937 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1938 {
|
|
|
1939 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1940 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1941 int idx;
|
|
|
1942
|
|
|
1943 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1944 {
|
|
|
1945 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1946 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
1947 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
1948
|
|
|
1949 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
1950 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1951 {
|
|
|
1952 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
1953 {
|
|
|
1954 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1955 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1956 {
|
|
|
1957 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1958 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1959 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1960 break;
|
|
|
1961 }
|
|
|
1962 }
|
|
|
1963 }
|
|
|
1964
|
|
|
1965 /*
|
|
|
1966 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1967 * upper case.
|
|
|
1968 */
|
|
|
1969 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1970 {
|
|
449
|
1971 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1972 {
|
|
449
|
1973 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
1974 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1975 {
|
|
|
1976 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1977 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1978 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1979 break;
|
|
|
1980 }
|
|
449
|
1981 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
1982 }
|
|
|
1983 }
|
|
|
1984
|
|
|
1985 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
1986 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
1987
|
|
464
|
1988 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
|
1989 }
|
|
|
1990 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
7
|
1991 }
|
|
|
1992
|
|
|
1993 /*
|
|
|
1994 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
1995 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1996 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
464
|
1997 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
1998 *
|
|
|
1999 * New:
|
|
|
2000 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
2001 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
2002 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
|
|
7
|
2003 */
|
|
464
|
2004 int
|
|
|
2005 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2006 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2007 int len;
|
|
|
2008 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2009 int dir;
|
|
464
|
2010 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2011 {
|
|
464
|
2012 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2013
|
|
|
2014 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2015 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
2016 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2017 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2018 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2020 /*
|
|
|
2021 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2022 */
|
|
449
|
2023 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2024 {
|
|
|
2025 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2026 do
|
|
|
2027 {
|
|
464
|
2028 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2029 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
2030 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2031 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2032 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2033 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2034 }
|
|
|
2035
|
|
540
|
2036 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2037 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2038
|
|
7
|
2039 /*
|
|
|
2040 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2041 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2042 */
|
|
464
|
2043 match = (compl_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2044 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2045 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2046 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2047 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2048 {
|
|
|
2049 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
|
2050 match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2051 }
|
|
|
2052 else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2053 {
|
|
|
2054 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2055 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2056 }
|
|
|
2057 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2058 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2059 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2060 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
464
|
2061 if (fname && compl_curr_match && compl_curr_match->cp_fname
|
|
|
2062 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
|
2063 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2064 else if (fname && (match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
2065 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
7
|
2066 else
|
|
464
|
2067 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2068 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
7
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 /*
|
|
|
2071 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2072 */
|
|
449
|
2073 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2074 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2075 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2076 {
|
|
464
|
2077 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2078 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2079 }
|
|
|
2080 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2081 {
|
|
464
|
2082 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2083 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2084 }
|
|
|
2085 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2086 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2087 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2088 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2089 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2090 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2091 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2092
|
|
|
2093 return OK;
|
|
|
2094 }
|
|
|
2095
|
|
|
2096 /*
|
|
|
2097 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2098 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2099 */
|
|
|
2100 static void
|
|
|
2101 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2102 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2103 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2104 int dir;
|
|
|
2105 {
|
|
|
2106 int i;
|
|
|
2107 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2108 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2109
|
|
464
|
2110 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
7
|
2111 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2112 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2113 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2114 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2115 }
|
|
|
2116
|
|
|
2117 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2118 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2119 */
|
|
|
2120 static int
|
|
|
2121 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2122 {
|
|
464
|
2123 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2124 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2125
|
|
449
|
2126 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2127 {
|
|
|
2128 /*
|
|
|
2129 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2130 */
|
|
449
|
2131 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2132 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2133 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2134 {
|
|
|
2135 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2136 ++count;
|
|
|
2137 }
|
|
464
|
2138 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2139 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2140 }
|
|
|
2141 return count;
|
|
|
2142 }
|
|
|
2143
|
|
574
|
2144 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2145 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
540
|
2146 static char_u **compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2147 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2148
|
|
|
2149 /*
|
|
|
2150 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2151 */
|
|
|
2152 static void
|
|
|
2153 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2154 {
|
|
|
2155 int h;
|
|
|
2156
|
|
|
2157 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2158 {
|
|
|
2159 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2160 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2161 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2162 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2163 }
|
|
|
2164 }
|
|
|
2165
|
|
|
2166 /*
|
|
|
2167 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2168 */
|
|
|
2169 static void
|
|
|
2170 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2171 {
|
|
|
2172 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2173 {
|
|
|
2174 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2175 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2176 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2177 }
|
|
|
2178 }
|
|
|
2179
|
|
|
2180 /*
|
|
|
2181 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2182 */
|
|
|
2183 static int
|
|
|
2184 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2185 {
|
|
|
2186 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" */
|
|
|
2187 if (*p_cot == NUL)
|
|
|
2188 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2189
|
|
|
2190 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2191 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2192 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2193 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2194 #endif
|
|
|
2195 )
|
|
|
2196 return FALSE;
|
|
657
|
2197 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2198 }
|
|
|
2199
|
|
|
2200 /*
|
|
|
2201 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
|
2202 */
|
|
|
2203 static int
|
|
|
2204 pum_two_or_more()
|
|
|
2205 {
|
|
|
2206 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2207 int i;
|
|
540
|
2208
|
|
|
2209 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2210 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2211 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2212 i = 0;
|
|
|
2213 do
|
|
|
2214 {
|
|
|
2215 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2216 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2217 break;
|
|
|
2218 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2219 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2220
|
|
|
2221 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2222 }
|
|
|
2223
|
|
|
2224 /*
|
|
|
2225 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
|
2226 */
|
|
648
|
2227 void
|
|
540
|
2228 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2229 {
|
|
|
2230 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2231 int i;
|
|
|
2232 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2233 colnr_T col;
|
|
657
|
2234 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
2235
|
|
|
2236 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_two_or_more())
|
|
540
|
2237 return;
|
|
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2240 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2243 {
|
|
|
2244 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2245 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2246 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
657
|
2247 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2248 lead_len = STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
|
540
|
2249 do
|
|
|
2250 {
|
|
657
|
2251 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2252 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
2253 || STRNCMP(compl->cp_str, compl_leader, lead_len) == 0))
|
|
540
|
2254 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2255 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2256 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
657
|
2257 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
|
2258 return;
|
|
540
|
2259 compl_match_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(char_u **)
|
|
|
2260 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2261 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2262 {
|
|
|
2263 i = 0;
|
|
|
2264 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2265 do
|
|
|
2266 {
|
|
657
|
2267 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2268 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
2269 || STRNCMP(compl->cp_str, compl_leader,
|
|
|
2270 lead_len) == 0))
|
|
540
|
2271 {
|
|
|
2272 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2273 cur = i;
|
|
|
2274 compl_match_array[i++] = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2275 }
|
|
|
2276 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2277 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2278 }
|
|
|
2279 }
|
|
|
2280 else
|
|
|
2281 {
|
|
|
2282 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
657
|
2283 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
|
|
2284 if (compl_match_array[i] == compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
|
|
2285 break;
|
|
|
2286 cur = i;
|
|
540
|
2287 }
|
|
|
2288
|
|
|
2289 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2290 {
|
|
|
2291 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2292 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2293 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2294 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
2295 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
2296 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur,
|
|
|
2297 curwin->w_cline_row + W_WINROW(curwin),
|
|
|
2298 curwin->w_cline_height,
|
|
648
|
2299 curwin->w_wcol + W_WINCOL(curwin) - curwin->w_leftcol);
|
|
540
|
2300 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2301 }
|
|
|
2302 }
|
|
|
2303
|
|
7
|
2304 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2305 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
648
|
2306
|
|
7
|
2307 /*
|
|
|
2308 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2309 * completions.
|
|
|
2310 */
|
|
|
2311 static void
|
|
|
2312 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2313 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2314 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2315 int dir;
|
|
|
2316 int flags;
|
|
|
2317 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2318 {
|
|
|
2319 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2320 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2321 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2322 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2323 int add_r;
|
|
|
2324 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2325 int count;
|
|
|
2326 int i;
|
|
|
2327 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2328
|
|
|
2329 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2330 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2331 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2332 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2333 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2334 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2335 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2336 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2337 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
449
|
2338 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2339 {
|
|
|
2340 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2341 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2342 {
|
|
|
2343 count = 1;
|
|
|
2344 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2345 }
|
|
|
2346 else
|
|
|
2347 {
|
|
|
2348 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2349 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2350 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2351 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2352 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2353 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2354 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2355 count = 0;
|
|
|
2356 }
|
|
|
2357
|
|
449
|
2358 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
7
|
2359 {
|
|
|
2360 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2361 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2362 {
|
|
274
|
2363 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2364 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
7
|
2365 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2366 }
|
|
|
2367
|
|
|
2368 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2369 {
|
|
|
2370 /*
|
|
|
2371 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2372 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2373 */
|
|
449
|
2374 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2375 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
7
|
2376 {
|
|
|
2377 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2378 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2379 {
|
|
|
2380 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2381 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2382 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2383 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2384 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2385 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2386 {
|
|
|
2387 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2388
|
|
|
2389 /*
|
|
|
2390 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2391 */
|
|
|
2392 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2393 {
|
|
|
2394 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2395 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2396 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2397 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2398 break;
|
|
|
2399 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2400
|
|
|
2401 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2402 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2403 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2404 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2405 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2406 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2407 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2408 {
|
|
474
|
2409 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2410
|
|
|
2411 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2412 break;
|
|
|
2413 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2414 }
|
|
|
2415 else
|
|
|
2416 #endif
|
|
|
2417 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2418 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2419 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2420 }
|
|
|
2421 }
|
|
|
2422 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2423 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2424 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
464
|
2425 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
2426 break;
|
|
|
2427 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2428 * of line */
|
|
|
2429 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2430 break;
|
|
|
2431 }
|
|
|
2432 line_breakcheck();
|
|
464
|
2433 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
7
|
2434 }
|
|
|
2435 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2436 }
|
|
|
2437 }
|
|
|
2438 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2439 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2440 if (flags)
|
|
|
2441 break;
|
|
|
2442 }
|
|
|
2443 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2444 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2445 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2446 }
|
|
|
2447
|
|
|
2448 /*
|
|
|
2449 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2450 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2451 */
|
|
|
2452 char_u *
|
|
|
2453 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2454 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2455 {
|
|
|
2456 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2457 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2458 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
2459 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2460 else
|
|
|
2461 #endif
|
|
|
2462 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2463 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2464 return ptr;
|
|
|
2465 }
|
|
|
2466
|
|
|
2467 /*
|
|
|
2468 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2469 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2470 */
|
|
|
2471 char_u *
|
|
|
2472 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2473 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2474 {
|
|
|
2475 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2476 int start_class;
|
|
|
2477
|
|
|
2478 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2479 {
|
|
|
2480 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2481 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2482 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2483 {
|
|
474
|
2484 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2485 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2486 break;
|
|
|
2487 }
|
|
|
2488 }
|
|
|
2489 else
|
|
|
2490 #endif
|
|
|
2491 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2492 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2493 return ptr;
|
|
|
2494 }
|
|
|
2495
|
|
|
2496 /*
|
|
|
2497 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2498 */
|
|
|
2499 static void
|
|
|
2500 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2501 {
|
|
464
|
2502 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2503
|
|
449
|
2504 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2505 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2506 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2507 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
449
|
2508
|
|
|
2509 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2510 return;
|
|
540
|
2511
|
|
|
2512 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2513 pum_clear();
|
|
|
2514
|
|
449
|
2515 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2516 do
|
|
|
2517 {
|
|
449
|
2518 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
2519 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2520 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
2521 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
2522 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2523 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
7
|
2524 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2525 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2526 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2527 }
|
|
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 static void
|
|
|
2530 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2531 {
|
|
449
|
2532 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2533 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2534 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2535 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2536 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2537 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2538 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2539 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2540 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2541 }
|
|
|
2542
|
|
|
2543 /*
|
|
657
|
2544 * Delete one character before the cursor and make a subset of the matches
|
|
|
2545 * that match now.
|
|
|
2546 * Returns TRUE if the work is done and another char to be got from the user.
|
|
|
2547 */
|
|
|
2548 static int
|
|
|
2549 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
|
2550 {
|
|
|
2551 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2552 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2553
|
|
|
2554 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length)
|
|
|
2555 {
|
|
|
2556 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches, need to look for
|
|
|
2557 * matches all over again. */
|
|
|
2558 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2559 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2560 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2561 }
|
|
|
2562
|
|
|
2563 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
2564 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2565 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
|
2566
|
|
|
2567 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2568 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
|
2569 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2570 {
|
|
|
2571 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2572 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2573 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2574
|
|
|
2575 if (!compl_started)
|
|
|
2576 {
|
|
|
2577 /* Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. */
|
|
|
2578 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2579 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2580 else
|
|
|
2581 {
|
|
|
2582 /* Remove the completed word again. */
|
|
|
2583 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2584 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2585 }
|
|
|
2586 }
|
|
|
2587
|
|
|
2588 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2589 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2590 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2591
|
|
|
2592 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2593 }
|
|
|
2594 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2595 }
|
|
|
2596
|
|
|
2597 /*
|
|
|
2598 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
2599 * matches.
|
|
|
2600 */
|
|
|
2601 static void
|
|
|
2602 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
|
2603 int c;
|
|
|
2604 {
|
|
|
2605 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2606 int cc;
|
|
|
2607
|
|
|
2608 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
2609 {
|
|
|
2610 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
2611
|
|
|
2612 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
2613 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
2614 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
2615 }
|
|
|
2616 else
|
|
|
2617 #endif
|
|
|
2618 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
2619
|
|
|
2620 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2621 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
|
2622 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2623 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2624 {
|
|
|
2625 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2626 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2627 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2628 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2629 }
|
|
|
2630 }
|
|
|
2631
|
|
|
2632 /*
|
|
7
|
2633 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
2634 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
2635 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
2636 */
|
|
540
|
2637 static int
|
|
7
|
2638 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2639 int c;
|
|
|
2640 {
|
|
|
2641 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2642 int temp;
|
|
|
2643 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
2644 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2645
|
|
|
2646 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2647 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2648 */
|
|
|
2649 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2650 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2651
|
|
|
2652 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2653 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
540
|
2654 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2655
|
|
|
2656 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2657 {
|
|
|
2658 /*
|
|
|
2659 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2660 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2661 */
|
|
|
2662 switch (c)
|
|
|
2663 {
|
|
|
2664 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2665 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2666 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2667 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2668 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2669 else
|
|
|
2670 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2671 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2672 showmode();
|
|
|
2673 break;
|
|
|
2674 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2675 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2676 break;
|
|
|
2677 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2678 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2679 break;
|
|
|
2680 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2681 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2682 break;
|
|
|
2683 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2684 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2685 break;
|
|
|
2686 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2687 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2688 break;
|
|
12
|
2689 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2690 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2691 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2692 break;
|
|
449
|
2693 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
2694 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
2695 break;
|
|
502
|
2696 #endif
|
|
477
|
2697 case 's':
|
|
|
2698 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
2699 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
484
|
2700 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2701 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
|
2702 #endif
|
|
477
|
2703 break;
|
|
7
|
2704 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2705 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2706 break;
|
|
|
2707 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2708 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2709 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2710 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2711 break;
|
|
|
2712 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2713 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2714 break;
|
|
|
2715 #endif
|
|
|
2716 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2717 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2718 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2719 break;
|
|
|
2720 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2721 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2722 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2723 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2724 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2725 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2726 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2727 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2728 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
2729 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2730 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2731 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2732 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
2733 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2734 default:
|
|
449
|
2735 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2736 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
2737 * mode).
|
|
|
2738 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
2739 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
2740 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
2741 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
2742 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
2743 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
2744 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
2745 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2746 {
|
|
449
|
2747 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2748 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
2749 else
|
|
449
|
2750 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
2751 }
|
|
|
2752 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2753 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2754 showmode();
|
|
|
2755 break;
|
|
|
2756 }
|
|
|
2757 }
|
|
|
2758 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2759 {
|
|
|
2760 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2761 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2762 {
|
|
|
2763 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2764 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2765 else
|
|
|
2766 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2767 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2768 }
|
|
|
2769 showmode();
|
|
|
2770 }
|
|
|
2771
|
|
449
|
2772 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
2773 {
|
|
|
2774 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2775 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
2776 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
2777 showmode();
|
|
644
|
2778 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
|
2779 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
7
|
2780 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2781 {
|
|
|
2782 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2783 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
2784 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
2785 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2786 {
|
|
449
|
2787 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2788
|
|
7
|
2789 /*
|
|
|
2790 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2791 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2792 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2793 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2794 */
|
|
464
|
2795 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
449
|
2796 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2797 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
2798 {
|
|
449
|
2799 ++p;
|
|
7
|
2800 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2801 }
|
|
449
|
2802 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
2803 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
620
|
2804 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr, -1);
|
|
7
|
2805 }
|
|
|
2806
|
|
|
2807 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2808 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2809 #endif
|
|
|
2810 /*
|
|
|
2811 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2812 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2813 */
|
|
449
|
2814 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
2815 {
|
|
|
2816 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2817 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2818 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2819 {
|
|
|
2820 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2821 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2822 }
|
|
|
2823 #endif
|
|
|
2824 }
|
|
|
2825 else
|
|
|
2826 {
|
|
|
2827 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2828 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2829 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2830 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2831 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2832 }
|
|
|
2833
|
|
|
2834 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2835
|
|
540
|
2836 /* if the popup menu is displayed hitting Enter means accepting
|
|
|
2837 * the selection without inserting anything. */
|
|
|
2838 if ((c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) && pum_visible())
|
|
|
2839 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
2840
|
|
7
|
2841 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
2842 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2843 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
2844 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2845 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
449
|
2846 if (save_sm >= 0)
|
|
|
2847 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
7
|
2848 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2849 {
|
|
|
2850 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2851 showmode();
|
|
|
2852 }
|
|
|
2853
|
|
|
2854 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2855 /*
|
|
|
2856 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2857 */
|
|
|
2858 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2859 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2860 #endif
|
|
|
2861 }
|
|
|
2862 }
|
|
|
2863
|
|
|
2864 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2865 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2866 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2867 {
|
|
449
|
2868 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2869 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
2870 }
|
|
540
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2873 }
|
|
|
2874
|
|
|
2875 /*
|
|
|
2876 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2877 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2878 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2879 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2880 *
|
|
|
2881 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2882 */
|
|
|
2883 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2884 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2885 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2886 int flag;
|
|
|
2887 {
|
|
|
2888 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2889 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2890 #endif
|
|
|
2891
|
|
|
2892 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2893 {
|
|
|
2894 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2895 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2896 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
2897 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
2898 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2899 ;
|
|
|
2900 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2901 #else
|
|
|
2902 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2903 #endif
|
|
|
2904 }
|
|
|
2905 else
|
|
|
2906 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2907 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2908 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
2909 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
2910 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2911 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2912 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2913 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2914 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2915 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2916 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2917 ;
|
|
|
2918 return buf;
|
|
|
2919 }
|
|
|
2920
|
|
12
|
2921 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
502
|
2922 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
12
|
2923
|
|
|
2924 /*
|
|
523
|
2925 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
2926 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
452
|
2927 * Return value is number of matches.
|
|
12
|
2928 */
|
|
|
2929 static int
|
|
502
|
2930 expand_by_function(type, base, matches)
|
|
523
|
2931 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
2932 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2933 char_u ***matches;
|
|
|
2934 {
|
|
452
|
2935 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
2936 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
2937 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
2938 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2939 char_u *p;
|
|
502
|
2940 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
2941 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
2944 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
452
|
2945 return 0;
|
|
|
2946
|
|
|
2947 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2948 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
2949 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
2950
|
|
|
2951 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
2952 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
2953 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
2954 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
|
2955 return 0;
|
|
|
2956
|
|
|
2957 /* Go through the List with matches and put them in an array. */
|
|
|
2958 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 8);
|
|
|
2959 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
|
2960 {
|
|
|
2961 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
|
2962 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
2963 {
|
|
|
2964 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2965 break;
|
|
|
2966 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
2967 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2968 }
|
|
648
|
2969 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
|
2970 break;
|
|
452
|
2971 }
|
|
|
2972
|
|
|
2973 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
|
2974 *matches = (char_u **)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2975 return ga.ga_len;
|
|
12
|
2976 }
|
|
|
2977 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
2978
|
|
449
|
2979 /*
|
|
|
2980 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
|
2981 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2982 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
|
|
|
2983 * continue where we stopped searching before.
|
|
|
2984 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
2985 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
2986 */
|
|
|
2987 static int
|
|
|
2988 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2989 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2990 int dir;
|
|
|
2991 {
|
|
|
2992 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2993 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2994 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
2995 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
2996 certain type. */
|
|
|
2997 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
2998
|
|
464
|
2999 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
3000 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
3001 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3002 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3003 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3004 int i;
|
|
|
3005 int num_matches;
|
|
|
3006 int len;
|
|
|
3007 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
3008 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3009 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3010 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3011 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
3012 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
3013
|
|
449
|
3014 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3015 {
|
|
|
3016 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
3017 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
3018 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3019 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
3020 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
3021 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
3022 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3023 }
|
|
|
3024
|
|
449
|
3025 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
7
|
3026 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3027 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
3028 for (;;)
|
|
|
3029 {
|
|
|
3030 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3031
|
|
449
|
3032 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
3033 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
3034 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
3035 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3036 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
3037 {
|
|
|
3038 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3039 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
3040 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
3041 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3042 {
|
|
|
3043 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3044 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3045 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
3046 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
3047 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
3048 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3049 type = 0;
|
|
|
3050 }
|
|
|
3051 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
3052 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
3053 {
|
|
|
3054 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
3055 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
3056 {
|
|
449
|
3057 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3058 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
3059 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
3060 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
3061 type = 0;
|
|
|
3062 }
|
|
|
3063 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
3064 {
|
|
|
3065 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3066 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3067 continue;
|
|
|
3068 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3069 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
3070 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
3071 }
|
|
274
|
3072 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
3073 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3074 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
3075 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3076 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
3077 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
3078 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3079 }
|
|
|
3080 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
3081 break;
|
|
|
3082 else
|
|
|
3083 {
|
|
|
3084 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3085 type = -1;
|
|
|
3086 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
3087 {
|
|
|
3088 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
3089 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3090 else
|
|
|
3091 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3092 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
3093 {
|
|
|
3094 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
3095 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
3096 }
|
|
|
3097 }
|
|
|
3098 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3099 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
3100 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3101 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
3102 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3103 #endif
|
|
|
3104 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
3105 {
|
|
|
3106 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3107 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
3108 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3109 }
|
|
|
3110 else
|
|
|
3111 type = -1;
|
|
|
3112
|
|
|
3113 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
3114 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
3115
|
|
|
3116 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3117 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
3118 continue;
|
|
|
3119 }
|
|
|
3120 }
|
|
|
3121
|
|
|
3122 switch (type)
|
|
|
3123 {
|
|
|
3124 case -1:
|
|
|
3125 break;
|
|
|
3126 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3127 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
3128 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
449
|
3129 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
|
3130 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
3131 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
3132 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3133 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
3134 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
3135 break;
|
|
|
3136 #endif
|
|
|
3137
|
|
|
3138 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
3139 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
3140 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
3141 dict ? dict
|
|
|
3142 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
3143 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
3144 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
3145 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
3146 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
3147 ? p_dict
|
|
|
3148 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
449
|
3149 compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
7
|
3150 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
3151 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3152 break;
|
|
|
3153
|
|
|
3154 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
3155 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
3156 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
3157 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3158
|
|
|
3159 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
3160 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
3161 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3162 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
3163 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
3164 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3165 {
|
|
|
3166 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3167 }
|
|
|
3168 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3169 break;
|
|
|
3170
|
|
|
3171 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
3172 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3173 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
3174 {
|
|
|
3175
|
|
|
3176 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
3177 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3178 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3179 }
|
|
|
3180 break;
|
|
|
3181
|
|
|
3182 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
3183 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3184 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
3185 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
3186 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3187 break;
|
|
|
3188
|
|
12
|
3189 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3190 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
3191 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
548
|
3192 num_matches = expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
12
|
3193 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3194 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3195 break;
|
|
|
3196 #endif
|
|
|
3197
|
|
477
|
3198 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
3199 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3200 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
3201 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
3202 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3203 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
3204 #endif
|
|
|
3205 break;
|
|
|
3206
|
|
7
|
3207 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
3208 /*
|
|
|
3209 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
3210 */
|
|
|
3211 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
3212 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
3213 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
3214
|
|
7
|
3215 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
3216 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
3217 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
3218 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
3219 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
3220 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
3221 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
3222 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
3223 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
3224 for (;;)
|
|
|
3225 {
|
|
464
|
3226 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
3227
|
|
540
|
3228 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
3229 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
3230 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
3231 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3232 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
449
|
3233 dir, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3234 else
|
|
|
3235 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
449
|
3236 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
7
|
3237 RE_LAST);
|
|
449
|
3238 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3239 {
|
|
449
|
3240 /* set compl_started even on fail */
|
|
|
3241 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3242 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3243 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3244 }
|
|
|
3245 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
3246 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
3247 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3248 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
3249 {
|
|
|
3250 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
3251 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3252 break;
|
|
|
3253 }
|
|
|
3254
|
|
|
3255 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
3256 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
3257 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3258 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3259 continue;
|
|
|
3260 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3261 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3262 {
|
|
449
|
3263 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3264 {
|
|
|
3265 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3266 continue;
|
|
|
3267 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3268 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3269 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3270 }
|
|
|
3271 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3272 }
|
|
|
3273 else
|
|
|
3274 {
|
|
449
|
3275 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3276
|
|
|
3277 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3278 {
|
|
449
|
3279 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3280 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3281 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3282 continue;
|
|
|
3283 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3284 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3285 }
|
|
|
3286 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3287 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3288 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3289
|
|
449
|
3290 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3291 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3292 {
|
|
|
3293 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3294 {
|
|
|
3295 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3296 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3297 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
3298 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
3299 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3300 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3301 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3302 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3303 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3304 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3305 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3306 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3307 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3308 {
|
|
419
|
3309 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
3310 {
|
|
419
|
3311 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
3312 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3313 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3314 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
3315 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
3316 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3317 == NULL
|
|
419
|
3318 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
3319 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
3320 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3321 }
|
|
|
3322 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3323 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3324 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3325 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3326 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
3327 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3328 }
|
|
|
3329 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3330 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3331 }
|
|
449
|
3332 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3333 continue;
|
|
|
3334 }
|
|
|
3335 }
|
|
|
3336 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
540
|
3337 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
464
|
3338 dir, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
3339 {
|
|
|
3340 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3341 break;
|
|
|
3342 }
|
|
|
3343 }
|
|
|
3344 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3345 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3346 }
|
|
540
|
3347
|
|
449
|
3348 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3349 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
540
|
3350 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3351 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3352
|
|
|
3353 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3354 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3355 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3356 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
3357 {
|
|
|
3358 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3359 break;
|
|
|
3360 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
|
3361 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
|
3362 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
|
3363 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3364 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
3365 break;
|
|
|
3366 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
3367 }
|
|
|
3368 else
|
|
|
3369 {
|
|
|
3370 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3371 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3372 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3373
|
|
|
3374 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3375 }
|
|
449
|
3376 }
|
|
|
3377 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3378
|
|
|
3379 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3380 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3381 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3382
|
|
|
3383 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3384 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3385 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3386 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3387
|
|
|
3388 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3389 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3390 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
464
|
3391 compl_curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
3392 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3393 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3394 return i;
|
|
|
3395 }
|
|
|
3396
|
|
|
3397 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3398 static void
|
|
|
3399 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3400 {
|
|
|
3401 int i;
|
|
|
3402
|
|
|
3403 /*
|
|
|
3404 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3405 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3406 */
|
|
449
|
3407 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3408 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3409 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3410 }
|
|
|
3411
|
|
|
3412 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3413 static void
|
|
|
3414 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3415 {
|
|
464
|
3416 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
657
|
3417 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3418 }
|
|
|
3419
|
|
|
3420 /*
|
|
|
3421 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
3422 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
3423 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
3424 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
3425 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
3426 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
3427 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3428 *
|
|
449
|
3429 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3430 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3431 *
|
|
|
3432 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
3433 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3434 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
3435 */
|
|
|
3436 static int
|
|
610
|
3437 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count)
|
|
7
|
3438 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
3439 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
3440 be at least 1 */
|
|
7
|
3441 {
|
|
|
3442 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3443 int i;
|
|
610
|
3444 int todo = count;
|
|
657
|
3445 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
3446 int found_end = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3447
|
|
|
3448 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3449 {
|
|
|
3450 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3451 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3452 }
|
|
449
|
3453 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
610
|
3454
|
|
|
3455 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
3456 * around. */
|
|
|
3457 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
3458 {
|
|
|
3459 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
3460 {
|
|
|
3461 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
657
|
3462 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
|
3463 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
|
3464 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
|
610
|
3465 }
|
|
|
3466 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
3467 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3468 {
|
|
657
|
3469 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
610
|
3470 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
657
|
3471 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
3472 }
|
|
|
3473 else
|
|
610
|
3474 {
|
|
|
3475 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
657
|
3476 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3477 return -1;
|
|
|
3478
|
|
|
3479 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos, compl_direction);
|
|
|
3480 if (compl_pending && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
|
3481 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3482 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
|
3483 }
|
|
|
3484 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
3485 && compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
3486 && STRNCMP(compl_shown_match->cp_str,
|
|
|
3487 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader)) != 0)
|
|
|
3488 ++todo;
|
|
|
3489 else
|
|
|
3490 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
|
3491 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3492
|
|
|
3493 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
|
3494 if (found_end)
|
|
|
3495 {
|
|
|
3496 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
|
610
|
3497 {
|
|
657
|
3498 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
|
3499 break;
|
|
610
|
3500 }
|
|
657
|
3501 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
|
610
|
3502 }
|
|
7
|
3503 }
|
|
|
3504
|
|
|
3505 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3506 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3507
|
|
|
3508 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3509 {
|
|
540
|
3510 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
3511 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
3512
|
|
|
3513 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
3514 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
3515
|
|
7
|
3516 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3517 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3518 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3519 }
|
|
|
3520
|
|
|
3521 /*
|
|
|
3522 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3523 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3524 */
|
|
464
|
3525 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3526 {
|
|
|
3527 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
3528 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3529 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3530 i = 0;
|
|
|
3531 else
|
|
|
3532 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
3533 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3534 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3535 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3536 }
|
|
|
3537
|
|
|
3538 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3539 }
|
|
|
3540
|
|
|
3541 /*
|
|
|
3542 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3543 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
449
|
3544 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3545 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
3546 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
3547 */
|
|
|
3548 void
|
|
464
|
3549 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
3550 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
3551 {
|
|
|
3552 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3553
|
|
|
3554 int c;
|
|
|
3555
|
|
|
3556 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3557 * scripts */
|
|
|
3558 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3559 return;
|
|
|
3560
|
|
|
3561 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
3562 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
3563 return;
|
|
|
3564 count = 0;
|
|
|
3565
|
|
|
3566 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3567 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3568 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3569 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3570 {
|
|
|
3571 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3572 {
|
|
|
3573 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
3574 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
|
3575 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c));
|
|
7
|
3576 }
|
|
|
3577 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3578 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3579 }
|
|
|
3580 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
|
610
|
3581 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
3582 }
|
|
|
3583
|
|
|
3584 /*
|
|
|
3585 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
3586 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
3587 */
|
|
|
3588 static int
|
|
|
3589 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
3590 int c;
|
|
|
3591 {
|
|
|
3592 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L || (pum_visible()
|
|
|
3593 && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP)))
|
|
|
3594 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3595 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
3596 }
|
|
|
3597
|
|
|
3598 /*
|
|
644
|
3599 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
|
3600 * is visible.
|
|
|
3601 */
|
|
|
3602 static int
|
|
|
3603 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
|
3604 int c;
|
|
|
3605 {
|
|
|
3606 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
|
3607 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN);
|
|
|
3608 }
|
|
|
3609
|
|
|
3610 /*
|
|
610
|
3611 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
3612 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
3613 */
|
|
|
3614 static int
|
|
|
3615 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
3616 int c;
|
|
|
3617 {
|
|
|
3618 int h;
|
|
|
3619
|
|
644
|
3620 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
3621 {
|
|
|
3622 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
3623 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
3624 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
3625 return h;
|
|
|
3626 }
|
|
|
3627 return 1;
|
|
7
|
3628 }
|
|
|
3629
|
|
|
3630 /*
|
|
|
3631 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3632 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3633 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3634 */
|
|
|
3635 static int
|
|
|
3636 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
3637 int c;
|
|
7
|
3638 {
|
|
449
|
3639 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3640 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
3641 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
3642 int n;
|
|
7
|
3643
|
|
610
|
3644 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
3645 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3646 {
|
|
|
3647 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3648
|
|
|
3649 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3650 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3651 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3652
|
|
|
3653 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3654 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3655 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3656 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3657 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3658 #endif
|
|
|
3659 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3660 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3661
|
|
|
3662 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
3663 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3664
|
|
|
3665 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
3666 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
3667 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
3668 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
3669 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3670 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3671 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3672 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
449
|
3673 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
3674 {
|
|
|
3675 /*
|
|
|
3676 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3677 */
|
|
449
|
3678 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
3679 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3680 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3681 {
|
|
449
|
3682 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
3683 {
|
|
449
|
3684 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
3685 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
3686 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
3687 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3688 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
3689 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3690 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3691 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
3692 }
|
|
|
3693 else
|
|
|
3694 {
|
|
|
3695 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3696 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
3697 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
3698 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3699 {
|
|
449
|
3700 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3701 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
3702 line + compl_length
|
|
|
3703 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
3704 }
|
|
449
|
3705 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
3706 }
|
|
449
|
3707 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
3708 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
7
|
3709 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3710 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
3711 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
3712 {
|
|
449
|
3713 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3714 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3715 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3716 }
|
|
449
|
3717 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3718 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
3719 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3720 }
|
|
|
3721 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3722 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
3723 else
|
|
449
|
3724 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3725 }
|
|
|
3726 else
|
|
449
|
3727 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3728
|
|
|
3729 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3730 {
|
|
|
3731 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
3732 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
3733 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3734 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3735 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3736 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
3737 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
3738 }
|
|
|
3739
|
|
|
3740 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3741 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3742 {
|
|
449
|
3743 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
3744 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3745 {
|
|
449
|
3746 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
3747 {
|
|
449
|
3748 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3749 ;
|
|
449
|
3750 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3751 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3752 }
|
|
|
3753 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3754 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3755 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3756 else
|
|
449
|
3757 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3758 compl_length);
|
|
|
3759 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3760 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3761 }
|
|
449
|
3762 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3763 {
|
|
|
3764 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3765
|
|
|
3766 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3767 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3768 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3769 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3770 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3771 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3772 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
3773 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
3774 && (
|
|
|
3775 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3776 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
3777 #else
|
|
449
|
3778 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
3779 #endif
|
|
|
3780 )))
|
|
|
3781 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
3782 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
3783 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
3784 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3785 }
|
|
449
|
3786 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
3787 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3788 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
3789 #else
|
|
449
|
3790 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
3791 #endif
|
|
|
3792 )
|
|
|
3793 {
|
|
|
3794 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
3795 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3796 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3797 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3798 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
3799 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3800 }
|
|
|
3801 else
|
|
|
3802 {
|
|
|
3803 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3804 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3805 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3806 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3807 {
|
|
|
3808 int base_class;
|
|
|
3809 int head_off;
|
|
|
3810
|
|
449
|
3811 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3812 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
3813 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
3814 {
|
|
449
|
3815 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3816 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
3817 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
3818 break;
|
|
449
|
3819 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
3820 }
|
|
|
3821 }
|
|
|
3822 else
|
|
|
3823 #endif
|
|
449
|
3824 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3825 ;
|
|
449
|
3826 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3827 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3828 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
3829 {
|
|
|
3830 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3831 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3832 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3833 */
|
|
449
|
3834 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3835 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3836 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3837 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3838 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
3839 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
3840 }
|
|
|
3841 else
|
|
|
3842 {
|
|
449
|
3843 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3844 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3845 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3846 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3847 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3848 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3849 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3850 }
|
|
|
3851 }
|
|
|
3852 }
|
|
|
3853 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3854 {
|
|
449
|
3855 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
3856 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
3857 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3858 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3859 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3860 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3861 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3862 else
|
|
449
|
3863 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3864 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3865 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3866 }
|
|
|
3867 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3868 {
|
|
449
|
3869 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3870 ;
|
|
449
|
3871 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3872 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3873 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3874 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3875 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3876 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3877 }
|
|
|
3878 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3879 {
|
|
449
|
3880 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
3881 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3882 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3883 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3884 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
3885 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3886 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
3887 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3888 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3889 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
3890 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3891 }
|
|
523
|
3892 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
3893 {
|
|
12
|
3894 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3895 /*
|
|
502
|
3896 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
3897 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
3898 */
|
|
502
|
3899 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
3900 int col;
|
|
502
|
3901 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3902 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
3903
|
|
523
|
3904 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
3905 * string */
|
|
|
3906 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
3907 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3908 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
3909 {
|
|
|
3910 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
3911 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
3912 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
3913 }
|
|
452
|
3914
|
|
|
3915 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
3916 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
3917 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3918 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3919 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
3920
|
|
452
|
3921 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
3922 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
3923 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
3924 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
3925 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
3926
|
|
|
3927 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
3928 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
3929 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
3930 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
3931 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3932 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
3933 #endif
|
|
449
|
3934 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3935 }
|
|
477
|
3936 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
3937 {
|
|
|
3938 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
497
|
3939 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
3940 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
3941 else
|
|
|
3942 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
3943 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
477
|
3944 return FAIL;
|
|
537
|
3945 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
477
|
3946 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
3947 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3948 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
3949 #endif
|
|
|
3950 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3951 }
|
|
449
|
3952 else
|
|
|
3953 {
|
|
|
3954 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
3955 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3956 }
|
|
|
3957
|
|
|
3958 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3959 {
|
|
|
3960 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3961 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3962 {
|
|
|
3963 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3964 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3965 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3966
|
|
|
3967 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3968 #endif
|
|
449
|
3969 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3970 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
3971 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3972 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3973 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3974 #endif
|
|
449
|
3975 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
3976 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3977 }
|
|
|
3978 }
|
|
|
3979 else
|
|
|
3980 {
|
|
|
3981 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
3982 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3983 }
|
|
|
3984
|
|
|
3985 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3986 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
3987 else
|
|
|
3988 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3989
|
|
|
3990 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
449
|
3991 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
|
3992 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3993 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3994 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
|
3995 -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3996 {
|
|
|
3997 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3998 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
3999 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
4000 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
4001 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4002 }
|
|
|
4003
|
|
|
4004 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
4005 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
4006 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
4007 */
|
|
|
4008 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
4009 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4010 showmode();
|
|
|
4011 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
4012 out_flush();
|
|
|
4013 }
|
|
|
4014
|
|
449
|
4015 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
4016 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
4017
|
|
|
4018 /*
|
|
|
4019 * Find next match.
|
|
|
4020 */
|
|
610
|
4021 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c));
|
|
449
|
4022
|
|
540
|
4023 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
4024 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
4025
|
|
449
|
4026 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
4027 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
4028 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
4029 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
4030 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
4031
|
|
|
4032 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
4033 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
4034 {
|
|
|
4035 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
4036 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
4037 }
|
|
|
4038
|
|
449
|
4039 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
4040 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
4041 {
|
|
|
4042 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
4043 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
4044 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
4045 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
4046 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
4047 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
4048 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
4049 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4050 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
4051 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4052 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
4053 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4054 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
4055 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4056 }
|
|
|
4057
|
|
464
|
4058 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
4059 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4060 else
|
|
449
|
4061 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4062
|
|
|
4063 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
4064 {
|
|
464
|
4065 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
4066 {
|
|
|
4067 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
4068 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
4069 }
|
|
449
|
4070 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4071 {
|
|
|
4072 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
4073 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4074 }
|
|
464
|
4075 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
4076 {
|
|
|
4077 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
4078 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4079 }
|
|
|
4080 else
|
|
|
4081 {
|
|
|
4082 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
4083 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
4084 {
|
|
464
|
4085 int number = 0;
|
|
|
4086 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
4087
|
|
449
|
4088 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
4089 {
|
|
|
4090 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
4091 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
4092 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4093 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
4094 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4095 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4096 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4097 {
|
|
464
|
4098 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4099 break;
|
|
|
4100 }
|
|
|
4101 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4102 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
4103 * yet */
|
|
540
|
4104 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
4105 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
4106 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4107 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4108 }
|
|
|
4109 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
4110 {
|
|
|
4111 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
4112 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
4113 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4114 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
4115 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4116 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4117 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4118 {
|
|
464
|
4119 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4120 break;
|
|
|
4121 }
|
|
|
4122 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4123 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
4124 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
4125 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
4126 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
4127 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4128 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4129 }
|
|
|
4130 }
|
|
|
4131
|
|
540
|
4132 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
4133 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
4134 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4135 {
|
|
|
4136 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
4137 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
4138
|
|
449
|
4139 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
4140 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
4141 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
4142 else
|
|
449
|
4143 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
464
|
4144 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
419
|
4145 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
4146 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
4147 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
4148 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
4149 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
4150 }
|
|
|
4151 }
|
|
|
4152 }
|
|
|
4153
|
|
|
4154 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
4155 showmode();
|
|
|
4156 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
4157 {
|
|
|
4158 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
4159 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
4160 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
4161 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
4162 }
|
|
|
4163 else
|
|
|
4164 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
4165
|
|
540
|
4166 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
4167
|
|
7
|
4168 return OK;
|
|
|
4169 }
|
|
|
4170
|
|
|
4171 /*
|
|
|
4172 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
4173 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
4174 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
4175 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
4176 */
|
|
|
4177 static int
|
|
|
4178 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
4179 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4180 char_u *src;
|
|
|
4181 int len;
|
|
|
4182 {
|
|
|
4183 int m;
|
|
|
4184
|
|
|
4185 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
4186 {
|
|
|
4187 switch (*src)
|
|
|
4188 {
|
|
|
4189 case '.':
|
|
|
4190 case '*':
|
|
|
4191 case '[':
|
|
|
4192 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4193 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4194 break;
|
|
|
4195 case '~':
|
|
|
4196 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
4197 break;
|
|
|
4198 case '\\':
|
|
|
4199 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4200 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4201 break;
|
|
|
4202 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
4203 case '$':
|
|
|
4204 m++;
|
|
|
4205 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4206 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
4207 break;
|
|
|
4208 }
|
|
|
4209 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4210 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
4211 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
4212 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
4213 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4214 {
|
|
|
4215 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
4216
|
|
474
|
4217 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
4218 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
4219 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
4220 {
|
|
|
4221 --len;
|
|
|
4222 ++src;
|
|
|
4223 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4224 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
4225 }
|
|
|
4226 }
|
|
464
|
4227 # endif
|
|
7
|
4228 }
|
|
|
4229 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4230 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
4231
|
|
|
4232 return m;
|
|
|
4233 }
|
|
|
4234 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
4235
|
|
|
4236 /*
|
|
|
4237 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
4238 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
4239 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
4240 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
4241 */
|
|
|
4242 int
|
|
|
4243 get_literal()
|
|
|
4244 {
|
|
|
4245 int cc;
|
|
|
4246 int nc;
|
|
|
4247 int i;
|
|
|
4248 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
4249 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
4250 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4251 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
4252 #endif
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4255 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
4256
|
|
|
4257 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4258 /*
|
|
|
4259 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
4260 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
4261 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
4262 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
4263 */
|
|
|
4264 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4265 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
4266 #endif
|
|
|
4267 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4268 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4269 #endif
|
|
|
4270 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
4271 cc = 0;
|
|
|
4272 i = 0;
|
|
|
4273 for (;;)
|
|
|
4274 {
|
|
|
4275 do
|
|
|
4276 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
4277 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
4278 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
4279 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
4280 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4281 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4282 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
4283 # endif
|
|
|
4284 )
|
|
|
4285 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
4286 #endif
|
|
|
4287 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
4288 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
4289 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
4290 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4291 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4292 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
4293 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
4294 #endif
|
|
|
4295 else
|
|
|
4296 {
|
|
|
4297 if (hex
|
|
|
4298 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4299 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
4300 #endif
|
|
|
4301 )
|
|
|
4302 {
|
|
|
4303 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
4304 break;
|
|
|
4305 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
4306 }
|
|
|
4307 else if (octal)
|
|
|
4308 {
|
|
|
4309 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
4310 break;
|
|
|
4311 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4312 }
|
|
|
4313 else
|
|
|
4314 {
|
|
|
4315 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
4316 break;
|
|
|
4317 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4318 }
|
|
|
4319
|
|
|
4320 ++i;
|
|
|
4321 }
|
|
|
4322
|
|
|
4323 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
4324 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4325 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
4326 #endif
|
|
|
4327 )
|
|
|
4328 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
4329 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4330
|
|
|
4331 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
4332 {
|
|
|
4333 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4334 break;
|
|
|
4335 }
|
|
|
4336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4337 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
4338 {
|
|
|
4339 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
4340 break;
|
|
|
4341 }
|
|
|
4342 #endif
|
|
|
4343 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
4344 break;
|
|
|
4345 }
|
|
|
4346 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
4347 {
|
|
|
4348 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4349 {
|
|
|
4350 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
4351 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4352 }
|
|
|
4353 else
|
|
|
4354 {
|
|
|
4355 cc = nc;
|
|
|
4356 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4357 }
|
|
|
4358 }
|
|
|
4359
|
|
|
4360 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4361 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
4362 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4363 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
4364 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
4365 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
4366 #endif
|
|
7
|
4367
|
|
|
4368 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
4369 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4370 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4371 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
4372 #endif
|
|
|
4373 if (nc)
|
|
|
4374 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
4375 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
4376 return cc;
|
|
|
4377 }
|
|
|
4378
|
|
|
4379 /*
|
|
|
4380 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
4381 */
|
|
|
4382 static void
|
|
|
4383 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
4384 int c;
|
|
|
4385 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
4386 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
4387 {
|
|
|
4388 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4389 int len;
|
|
|
4390
|
|
|
4391 /*
|
|
|
4392 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
4393 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
4394 * mode.
|
|
|
4395 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
4396 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
4397 */
|
|
|
4398 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
4399 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
4400 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
4401 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
4402 #endif
|
|
|
4403 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
4404 {
|
|
|
4405 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
4406 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
4407 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
4408 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4409 {
|
|
|
4410 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4411 return;
|
|
|
4412 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4413 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
4414 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
4415 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4416 }
|
|
|
4417 }
|
|
|
4418 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4419 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4420 }
|
|
|
4421
|
|
|
4422 /*
|
|
|
4423 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4424 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4425 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4426 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4427 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4428 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4429 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4430 */
|
|
|
4431 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4432 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4433 #else
|
|
|
4434 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4435 #endif
|
|
|
4436
|
|
|
4437 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4438 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4439 #else
|
|
|
4440 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4441 #endif
|
|
|
4442
|
|
|
4443 void
|
|
|
4444 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4445 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4446 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4447 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4448 {
|
|
|
4449 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4450 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4451 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4452 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4453 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4454 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4455 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4456 #endif
|
|
|
4457 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4458 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4459 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4460 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4461 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4462 #endif
|
|
|
4463 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4464 int cc;
|
|
|
4465
|
|
|
4466 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4467 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4468 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4469 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4470 #endif
|
|
|
4471 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4472
|
|
|
4473 /*
|
|
|
4474 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4475 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4476 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4477 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4478 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4479 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4480 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4481 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4482 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4483 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4484 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4485 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4486 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4487 */
|
|
|
4488 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4489 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4490 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4491 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4492 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4493 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4494 #endif
|
|
|
4495 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4496 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4497 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4498 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4499 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4500 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4501 ))))))
|
|
|
4502 {
|
|
|
4503 /*
|
|
|
4504 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4505 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4506 */
|
|
|
4507 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4508 {
|
|
|
4509 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4510 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4511 {
|
|
|
4512 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4513 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4514 }
|
|
|
4515 }
|
|
|
4516
|
|
|
4517 /*
|
|
|
4518 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4519 */
|
|
|
4520 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4521 {
|
|
|
4522 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4523 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4524 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4525 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4526 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4527 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4528 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4529 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4530 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4531 #endif
|
|
|
4532 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4533
|
|
|
4534 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4535 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4536 break;
|
|
|
4537
|
|
|
4538 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4539 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4540 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4541 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4542 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4543 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4546 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4547 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4548 else
|
|
|
4549 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4550
|
|
|
4551 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4552 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4553 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4554 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4555 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4556 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4557 #endif
|
|
|
4558 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4559 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4560 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4561 #endif
|
|
|
4562 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4563
|
|
|
4564 {
|
|
|
4565 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4566 break;
|
|
|
4567 }
|
|
|
4568 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4569 break;
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4572 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4573 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4574
|
|
|
4575 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4576 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4577 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4578 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4579 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4580 #endif
|
|
|
4581 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4582
|
|
|
4583 /*
|
|
|
4584 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4585 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4586 */
|
|
|
4587 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4588 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4589 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4590 {
|
|
|
4591 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4592 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4593 {
|
|
|
4594 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4595 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4596
|
|
|
4597 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4598 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4599 {
|
|
|
4600 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4601 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4602 }
|
|
|
4603 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4604 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4605 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4606 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4607 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4608 break;
|
|
|
4609 #endif
|
|
|
4610 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4611 {
|
|
|
4612 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4613 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4614 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4615
|
|
|
4616 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4617 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4618 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4621 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4622 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4623 }
|
|
|
4624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4625 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4626 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
474
|
4627 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
4628 else
|
|
|
4629 #endif
|
|
|
4630 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4631 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4632 break;
|
|
|
4633 }
|
|
|
4634 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4635 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4636 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4637 {
|
|
|
4638 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4639 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4640 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4641 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4642 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4643 break;
|
|
|
4644 }
|
|
|
4645 #endif
|
|
|
4646 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4647 break;
|
|
|
4648 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4649 }
|
|
|
4650
|
|
|
4651 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4652 {
|
|
|
4653 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4654 break;
|
|
|
4655 }
|
|
|
4656
|
|
|
4657 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4658 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4659
|
|
|
4660 /*
|
|
|
4661 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4662 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4663 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4664 */
|
|
|
4665 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4666 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4667 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4668 else
|
|
|
4669 #endif
|
|
|
4670 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4671
|
|
|
4672 /*
|
|
|
4673 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4674 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4675 */
|
|
|
4676 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4677 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4678 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4679 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4680 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4681 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4682
|
|
|
4683 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4684 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4685 {
|
|
|
4686 /*
|
|
|
4687 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4688 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4689 */
|
|
|
4690 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4691 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4692 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4693 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4694 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4695
|
|
|
4696 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4697 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4698 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4699 }
|
|
|
4700 else
|
|
|
4701 #endif
|
|
|
4702 {
|
|
|
4703 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4704 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4705 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4706 }
|
|
|
4707
|
|
|
4708 /*
|
|
|
4709 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4710 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4711 */
|
|
|
4712 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4713 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4714 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4715 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4716 #endif
|
|
|
4717 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4718 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4719
|
|
|
4720 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4721 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4722 {
|
|
|
4723 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4724 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4725 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4726 {
|
|
|
4727 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4728 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4729 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4730 else
|
|
|
4731 #endif
|
|
|
4732 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4733 }
|
|
|
4734 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4735 }
|
|
|
4736
|
|
|
4737 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4738 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4739 {
|
|
|
4740 /*
|
|
|
4741 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4742 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4743 */
|
|
|
4744 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4745 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4746 }
|
|
|
4747 else
|
|
|
4748 #endif
|
|
|
4749 {
|
|
|
4750 /*
|
|
|
4751 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4752 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4753 */
|
|
|
4754 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4755 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4756 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4757 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4758 }
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4761 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4762 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4763 #endif
|
|
|
4764 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4765 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4766 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4767 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4768 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4769 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4770 #endif
|
|
|
4771 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4772 }
|
|
|
4773
|
|
|
4774 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4775 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4776
|
|
|
4777 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4778 return;
|
|
|
4779 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4780 {
|
|
|
4781 update_topline();
|
|
|
4782 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4783 }
|
|
|
4784 }
|
|
|
4785 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4786 return;
|
|
|
4787
|
|
|
4788 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4789 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4790 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4791 {
|
|
|
4792 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4793 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4794 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4795 int i;
|
|
|
4796
|
|
|
4797 /*
|
|
|
4798 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4799 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4800 */
|
|
|
4801 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4802 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4803 {
|
|
|
4804 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4805 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4806 ++p;
|
|
|
4807 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4808 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4809 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4810 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4811
|
|
|
4812 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4813 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4814 ++p;
|
|
|
4815 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4816
|
|
|
4817 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4818 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4819 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4820 ;
|
|
|
4821 i++;
|
|
|
4822
|
|
|
4823 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4824 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4825
|
|
|
4826 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4827 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4828 {
|
|
|
4829 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4830 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832 /*
|
|
|
4833 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4834 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4835 */
|
|
|
4836 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4837 }
|
|
|
4838 }
|
|
|
4839 }
|
|
|
4840 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4841 #endif
|
|
|
4842
|
|
|
4843 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4844 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4845 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4846 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4847 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4848 #endif
|
|
|
4849
|
|
|
4850 /*
|
|
|
4851 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4852 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4853 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4854 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4855 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4856 */
|
|
|
4857 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4858 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4859 #endif
|
|
|
4860
|
|
|
4861 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4862 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4863 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4864 #endif
|
|
|
4865 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4866 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4867 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4868 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4869 #endif
|
|
|
4870 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4871 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4872 #endif
|
|
|
4873 )
|
|
|
4874 {
|
|
|
4875 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4876 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4877 int i;
|
|
|
4878 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4879
|
|
|
4880 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4881 i = 1;
|
|
|
4882 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4883 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4884 /*
|
|
|
4885 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4886 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4887 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4888 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4889 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4890 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4891 */
|
|
|
4892 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4893 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4894 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4895 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4896 #endif
|
|
|
4897 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4898 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4899 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4900 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4901 {
|
|
|
4902 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4903 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4904 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4905 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4906 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4907 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4908 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4909 # endif
|
|
|
4910 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4911 #else
|
|
|
4912 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4913 #endif
|
|
|
4914 }
|
|
|
4915
|
|
|
4916 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4917 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4918 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4919 #endif
|
|
|
4920 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4921 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4922 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4923 {
|
|
|
4924 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4925 i = 1;
|
|
|
4926 }
|
|
|
4927 else
|
|
|
4928 i = 0;
|
|
|
4929 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
4930 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
4931 }
|
|
|
4932 else
|
|
|
4933 {
|
|
|
4934 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4935 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4936 {
|
|
|
4937 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4938
|
|
|
4939 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4940 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4941 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4942 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4943 }
|
|
|
4944 else
|
|
|
4945 #endif
|
|
|
4946 {
|
|
|
4947 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4948 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4949 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4950 else
|
|
|
4951 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4952 }
|
|
|
4953 }
|
|
|
4954 }
|
|
|
4955
|
|
|
4956 /*
|
|
|
4957 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4958 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4959 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4960 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4961 * saved here.
|
|
|
4962 */
|
|
|
4963 void
|
|
|
4964 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4965 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4966 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4967 {
|
|
|
4968 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4969 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4970 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4971 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4972 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
4973 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4974
|
|
|
4975 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4976 return;
|
|
|
4977
|
|
|
4978 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4979 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4980
|
|
|
4981 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4982 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4983
|
|
|
4984 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4985 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4986 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4987 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4988 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4989 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4990 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4991 {
|
|
|
4992 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4993 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4994 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4995 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
4996 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4997 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4998 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4999 {
|
|
|
5000 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5001 return;
|
|
|
5002 }
|
|
|
5003 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5004 }
|
|
|
5005
|
|
|
5006 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5007 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
5008 * comments. */
|
|
|
5009 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
5010 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
5011 return;
|
|
|
5012 #endif
|
|
|
5013
|
|
|
5014 /*
|
|
|
5015 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
5016 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
5017 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
5018 */
|
|
|
5019 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5020 {
|
|
|
5021 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5022 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
5023 return;
|
|
|
5024 }
|
|
|
5025
|
|
|
5026 /*
|
|
|
5027 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
5028 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
5029 */
|
|
|
5030 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5031 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
5032 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
5033 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5034
|
|
|
5035 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5036 {
|
|
|
5037 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
5038 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5039 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
5040 }
|
|
|
5041 else
|
|
|
5042 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
5043
|
|
|
5044 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
5045 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
5046 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
5047 * formatted. */
|
|
|
5048 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
5049 {
|
|
|
5050 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5051 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
5052 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
5053 {
|
|
|
5054 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
5055 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
5056 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5057 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
5058 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
5059 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
5060 }
|
|
|
5061 else
|
|
|
5062 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5063 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5064 }
|
|
|
5065
|
|
|
5066 check_cursor();
|
|
|
5067 }
|
|
|
5068
|
|
|
5069 /*
|
|
|
5070 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
5071 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
5072 * position.
|
|
|
5073 */
|
|
|
5074 static void
|
|
|
5075 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
5076 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
5077 {
|
|
|
5078 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
5079 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5080
|
|
|
5081 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
5082 {
|
|
301
|
5083 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5084 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5085 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
5086 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5087 else
|
|
|
5088 {
|
|
|
5089 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
5090 {
|
|
|
5091 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5092 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5093 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5094 }
|
|
|
5095 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5096 {
|
|
|
5097 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
5098 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5099 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5100 }
|
|
|
5101 }
|
|
|
5102 }
|
|
|
5103 }
|
|
|
5104
|
|
|
5105 /*
|
|
|
5106 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
5107 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
5108 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
5109 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
5110 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
5111 */
|
|
|
5112 int
|
|
|
5113 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
5114 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
5115 {
|
|
|
5116 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5117
|
|
|
5118 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
5119 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
5120 {
|
|
|
5121 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
5122 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
5123 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
5124 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
5125 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
5126 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5127 #endif
|
|
|
5128 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5129 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
5130 #endif
|
|
|
5131 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
5132 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
5133 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
5134 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
5135 # endif
|
|
|
5136 )
|
|
|
5137 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5138 #endif
|
|
|
5139 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
5140 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
5141 }
|
|
|
5142 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
5143 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5144 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
5145 {
|
|
|
5146 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
5147 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
5148 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
5149 }
|
|
|
5150 return textwidth;
|
|
|
5151 }
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153 /*
|
|
|
5154 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
5155 */
|
|
|
5156 static void
|
|
|
5157 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
5158 int c;
|
|
|
5159 {
|
|
|
5160 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
5161
|
|
|
5162 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
5163 * three digits. */
|
|
|
5164 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
5165 {
|
|
|
5166 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
5167 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
5168 }
|
|
|
5169 else
|
|
|
5170 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5171 }
|
|
|
5172
|
|
|
5173 /*
|
|
|
5174 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
5175 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
5176 */
|
|
|
5177 static void
|
|
|
5178 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
5179 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5180 {
|
|
|
5181 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
5182 {
|
|
|
5183 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
5184 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
5185 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
5186 }
|
|
221
|
5187 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5188 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
5189 #endif
|
|
7
|
5190 }
|
|
|
5191
|
|
221
|
5192 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5193 /*
|
|
|
5194 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
5195 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
5196 */
|
|
|
5197 static void
|
|
|
5198 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
5199 {
|
|
|
5200 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
5201 {
|
|
|
5202 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
5203
|
|
|
5204 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5205 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
5206 }
|
|
|
5207 }
|
|
484
|
5208
|
|
|
5209 /*
|
|
|
5210 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
5211 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
5212 */
|
|
|
5213 static void
|
|
|
5214 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
5215 {
|
|
|
5216 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5217
|
|
499
|
5218 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
5219 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
5220 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
5221 }
|
|
221
|
5222 #endif
|
|
|
5223
|
|
7
|
5224 /*
|
|
|
5225 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
5226 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
5227 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
5228 */
|
|
|
5229 int
|
|
|
5230 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
5231 {
|
|
|
5232 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
5233 {
|
|
|
5234 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5235 {
|
|
|
5236 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
5237 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5238 }
|
|
|
5239 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
5240 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5241 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
5242 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5243 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5244 {
|
|
|
5245 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5246 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
5247 }
|
|
|
5248 #endif
|
|
|
5249 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
5250 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
5251 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
5252 }
|
|
|
5253 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
5254 {
|
|
|
5255 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5256 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5257 }
|
|
|
5258
|
|
|
5259 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5260 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
5261 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
5262 #endif
|
|
|
5263
|
|
|
5264 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
5265 }
|
|
|
5266
|
|
|
5267 /*
|
|
|
5268 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
5269 */
|
|
|
5270 static void
|
|
|
5271 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
603
|
5272 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
5273 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
5274 {
|
|
603
|
5275 int cc;
|
|
|
5276 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
5277
|
|
|
5278 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
5279 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
5280
|
|
|
5281 /*
|
|
603
|
5282 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
5283 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
5284 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
5285 */
|
|
603
|
5286 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
5287 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
5288 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
5289 {
|
|
|
5290 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5291 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
5292 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5293 }
|
|
|
5294 else
|
|
|
5295 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
5296
|
|
|
5297 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
5298 {
|
|
|
5299 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
5300 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
5301 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
5302 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
5303 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
5304 {
|
|
10
|
5305 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5306
|
|
7
|
5307 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
5308 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
5309 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
5310 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
5311 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
5312 {
|
|
|
5313 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5314 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5315 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
5316 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
5317 }
|
|
|
5318
|
|
|
5319 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5320
|
|
10
|
5321 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5322 {
|
|
|
5323 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5324 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5325 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5326 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
5327 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
5328 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
5329 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
5330 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
5331 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
5332 #endif
|
|
|
5333 }
|
|
7
|
5334 }
|
|
|
5335
|
|
|
5336 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
5337 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
5338
|
|
|
5339 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
5340 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
5341 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
5342 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
5343 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
5344 {
|
|
10
|
5345 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5346
|
|
|
5347 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
5348 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
5349 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5350 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5351 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
5352 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
5353 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
5354 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
5355 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
5356
|
|
|
5357 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
5358 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
5359 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
5360 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5361 {
|
|
|
5362 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5363 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
5364 {
|
|
|
5365 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
5366 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5367 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5368 # endif
|
|
|
5369 }
|
|
|
5370 }
|
|
|
5371 #endif
|
|
|
5372 }
|
|
|
5373 }
|
|
|
5374 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5375 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5376 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5377 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5378 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5379 #endif
|
|
|
5380
|
|
|
5381 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
5382 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
5383 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5384 }
|
|
|
5385
|
|
|
5386 /*
|
|
|
5387 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
5388 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
5389 */
|
|
|
5390 void
|
|
|
5391 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
5392 int c;
|
|
|
5393 {
|
|
|
5394 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5395
|
|
|
5396 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5398 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
5399 #else
|
|
|
5400 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
5401 #endif
|
|
|
5402 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
5403 {
|
|
|
5404 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
5405 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
5406 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
5407 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
5408 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
5409 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
5410 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
5411 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
5412 }
|
|
|
5413 }
|
|
|
5414
|
|
359
|
5415 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5416 void
|
|
|
5417 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
5418 {
|
|
|
5419 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5420 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
|
5421 }
|
|
|
5422 #endif
|
|
|
5423
|
|
7
|
5424 /*
|
|
|
5425 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
5426 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
5427 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
5428 */
|
|
|
5429 char_u *
|
|
|
5430 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
5431 int c;
|
|
|
5432 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5433 {
|
|
|
5434 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5435 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5436 int i;
|
|
|
5437 int len;
|
|
|
5438
|
|
|
5439 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
5440 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5441 {
|
|
|
5442 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5443 #endif
|
|
|
5444 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5445 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5446 {
|
|
|
5447 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5448 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5449 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5450 }
|
|
|
5451 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5452 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5453 {
|
|
|
5454 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5455 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5456 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5457 }
|
|
|
5458 #endif
|
|
|
5459 else
|
|
|
5460 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5461 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5462 }
|
|
|
5463 #endif
|
|
|
5464 return s;
|
|
|
5465 }
|
|
|
5466
|
|
|
5467 /*
|
|
|
5468 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5469 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5470 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5471 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5472 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5473 */
|
|
|
5474 void
|
|
|
5475 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5476 int flags;
|
|
|
5477 {
|
|
|
5478 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5479 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5480 else
|
|
|
5481 {
|
|
|
5482 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5483 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5484 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5485 #endif
|
|
|
5486
|
|
|
5487 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5488 {
|
|
|
5489 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5490
|
|
|
5491 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5492 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5493 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5494 }
|
|
|
5495 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5496 }
|
|
|
5497 }
|
|
|
5498
|
|
|
5499 /*
|
|
|
5500 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5501 *
|
|
|
5502 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5503 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5504 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5505 */
|
|
|
5506
|
|
|
5507 int
|
|
|
5508 oneright()
|
|
|
5509 {
|
|
|
5510 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5511 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5512 int l;
|
|
|
5513 #endif
|
|
|
5514
|
|
|
5515 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5516 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5517 {
|
|
|
5518 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5519
|
|
|
5520 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5521 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5522 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5524 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5525 #else
|
|
|
5526 *ptr
|
|
|
5527 #endif
|
|
|
5528 ))
|
|
|
5529 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5530 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5531 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5532 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5533 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5534 }
|
|
|
5535 #endif
|
|
|
5536
|
|
|
5537 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5538 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5539 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
5540 {
|
|
|
5541 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5542 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5543 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5544 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5545 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5546 }
|
|
|
5547 else
|
|
|
5548 #endif
|
|
|
5549 {
|
|
|
5550 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5551 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5552 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5553 }
|
|
|
5554
|
|
|
5555 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5556 return OK;
|
|
|
5557 }
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 int
|
|
|
5560 oneleft()
|
|
|
5561 {
|
|
|
5562 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5563 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5564 {
|
|
|
5565 int width;
|
|
|
5566 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5567
|
|
|
5568 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5569 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5570
|
|
|
5571 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5572 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5573 width = 1;
|
|
|
5574 for (;;)
|
|
|
5575 {
|
|
|
5576 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5577 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5578 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5579 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5580 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5581 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5582 # endif
|
|
|
5583 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5584 break;
|
|
|
5585 ++width;
|
|
|
5586 }
|
|
|
5587 # else
|
|
|
5588 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5589 # endif
|
|
|
5590
|
|
|
5591 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5592 {
|
|
|
5593 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5594
|
|
|
5595 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5596 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5597 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5598 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5599 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5600 # else
|
|
|
5601 *ptr
|
|
|
5602 # endif
|
|
|
5603 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5604 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5605 }
|
|
|
5606
|
|
|
5607 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5608 return OK;
|
|
|
5609 }
|
|
|
5610 #endif
|
|
|
5611
|
|
|
5612 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5613 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5614
|
|
|
5615 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5616 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5617
|
|
|
5618 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5619 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5620 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5621 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5622 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5623 #endif
|
|
|
5624 return OK;
|
|
|
5625 }
|
|
|
5626
|
|
|
5627 int
|
|
|
5628 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5629 long n;
|
|
|
5630 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5631 {
|
|
|
5632 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5633
|
|
|
5634 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5635 {
|
|
|
5636 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5637 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5638 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5639 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5640 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5641 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5642 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5643 else
|
|
|
5644 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5645 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5646 {
|
|
|
5647 /*
|
|
|
5648 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5649 */
|
|
|
5650 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5651 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5652
|
|
|
5653 while (n--)
|
|
|
5654 {
|
|
|
5655 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5656 --lnum;
|
|
|
5657 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5658 break;
|
|
|
5659 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5660 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5661 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5662 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5663 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5664 }
|
|
|
5665 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5666 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5667 }
|
|
|
5668 else
|
|
|
5669 #endif
|
|
|
5670 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5671 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5672 }
|
|
|
5673
|
|
|
5674 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5675 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5676
|
|
|
5677 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5678 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5679
|
|
|
5680 return OK;
|
|
|
5681 }
|
|
|
5682
|
|
|
5683 /*
|
|
|
5684 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5685 */
|
|
|
5686 int
|
|
|
5687 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5688 long n;
|
|
|
5689 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5690 {
|
|
|
5691 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5692
|
|
|
5693 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5694 {
|
|
|
5695 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5696 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5697 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5698 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5699 #endif
|
|
161
|
5700 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5701 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5702 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5703 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5704 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5705 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5706 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5707 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5708 else
|
|
|
5709 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5710 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5711 {
|
|
|
5712 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5713
|
|
|
5714 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5715 while (n--)
|
|
|
5716 {
|
|
|
5717 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5718 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5719 else
|
|
|
5720 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5721 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5722 break;
|
|
|
5723 }
|
|
|
5724 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5725 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5726 }
|
|
|
5727 else
|
|
|
5728 #endif
|
|
|
5729 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5730 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5731 }
|
|
|
5732
|
|
|
5733 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5734 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5735
|
|
|
5736 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5737 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5738
|
|
|
5739 return OK;
|
|
|
5740 }
|
|
|
5741
|
|
|
5742 /*
|
|
|
5743 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5744 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5745 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5746 */
|
|
|
5747 int
|
|
|
5748 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5749 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5750 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5751 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5752 {
|
|
|
5753 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5754 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5755 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5756 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5757
|
|
|
5758 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5759 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5760 {
|
|
|
5761 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5762 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5763 }
|
|
|
5764
|
|
|
5765 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5766 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5767 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5768 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5769 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5770
|
|
|
5771 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5772 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5773 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5774 */
|
|
|
5775 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5776 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5777 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5778 {
|
|
|
5779 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5780 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5781 }
|
|
|
5782
|
|
|
5783 do
|
|
|
5784 {
|
|
|
5785 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5786 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5787 if (last)
|
|
|
5788 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5789 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5790 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5791 }
|
|
|
5792 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5793
|
|
|
5794 if (last)
|
|
|
5795 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5796
|
|
|
5797 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5798 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5801 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5802 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5803
|
|
|
5804 return OK;
|
|
|
5805 }
|
|
|
5806
|
|
|
5807 char_u *
|
|
|
5808 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5809 {
|
|
|
5810 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5811 return NULL;
|
|
|
5812 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5813 }
|
|
|
5814
|
|
|
5815 /*
|
|
|
5816 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5817 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5818 */
|
|
|
5819 char_u *
|
|
|
5820 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5821 {
|
|
|
5822 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5823 int len;
|
|
|
5824
|
|
|
5825 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5826 return NULL;
|
|
|
5827 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5828 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5829 {
|
|
|
5830 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5831 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5832 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5833 }
|
|
|
5834 return s;
|
|
|
5835 }
|
|
|
5836
|
|
|
5837 /*
|
|
|
5838 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5839 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5840 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5841 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5842 */
|
|
|
5843 static int
|
|
|
5844 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5845 int c;
|
|
|
5846 {
|
|
|
5847 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5848 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5849 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5850 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5851
|
|
|
5852 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5853 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5854 }
|
|
|
5855
|
|
|
5856 /*
|
|
|
5857 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5858 *
|
|
|
5859 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5860 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5861 *
|
|
|
5862 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5863 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5864 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5865 *
|
|
|
5866 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5867 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5868 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5869 *
|
|
|
5870 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5871 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5872 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5873 */
|
|
|
5874
|
|
298
|
5875 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5876 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5877 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
5878
|
|
|
5879 void
|
|
|
5880 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5881 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5882 {
|
|
|
5883 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5884
|
|
|
5885 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5886 return;
|
|
|
5887 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5888 {
|
|
|
5889 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5890 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5891 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5892 {
|
|
|
5893 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5894 return;
|
|
|
5895 }
|
|
|
5896 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5897 {
|
|
|
5898 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5899 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5900 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5901 }
|
|
|
5902 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5903 }
|
|
|
5904 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5905 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5906 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5907 *p = c;
|
|
|
5908 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5909 }
|
|
|
5910
|
|
|
5911 /*
|
|
|
5912 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5913 */
|
|
|
5914 static void
|
|
|
5915 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5916 int c;
|
|
|
5917 {
|
|
|
5918 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5919
|
|
|
5920 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5921 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5922 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5923 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5924 break;
|
|
|
5925 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5926 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5927 }
|
|
|
5928
|
|
|
5929 /*
|
|
|
5930 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5931 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5932 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5933 */
|
|
|
5934 static int
|
|
|
5935 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5936 {
|
|
|
5937 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5938 return -1;
|
|
|
5939 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5940 }
|
|
|
5941
|
|
|
5942 /*
|
|
|
5943 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5944 * encountered.
|
|
|
5945 */
|
|
|
5946 static void
|
|
|
5947 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5948 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5949 {
|
|
|
5950 int i;
|
|
|
5951
|
|
|
5952 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5953 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5954 {
|
|
|
5955 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5956 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5957 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5958 return;
|
|
|
5959 }
|
|
|
5960 }
|
|
|
5961
|
|
|
5962 /*
|
|
|
5963 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5964 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5965 */
|
|
|
5966 static void
|
|
|
5967 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5968 {
|
|
|
5969 int cc;
|
|
|
5970 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5971
|
|
|
5972 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5973 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5974 {
|
|
|
5975 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5976 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5977 #else
|
|
|
5978 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5979 #endif
|
|
|
5980 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5981 }
|
|
|
5982 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5983 }
|
|
|
5984
|
|
|
5985 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5986 /*
|
|
|
5987 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5988 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5989 */
|
|
|
5990 static void
|
|
|
5991 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5992 int cc;
|
|
|
5993 {
|
|
|
5994 int n;
|
|
|
5995 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5996 int i;
|
|
|
5997 int c;
|
|
|
5998
|
|
|
5999 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
6000 {
|
|
|
6001 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
6002 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6003 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6004 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6005 }
|
|
|
6006 else
|
|
|
6007 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6008
|
|
|
6009 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
6010 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
6011 for (;;)
|
|
|
6012 {
|
|
|
6013 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6014 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
6015 break;
|
|
|
6016 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
6017 {
|
|
|
6018 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6019 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6020 break;
|
|
|
6021 }
|
|
|
6022 else
|
|
|
6023 {
|
|
|
6024 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
6025 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6026 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6027 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
6028 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6029 else
|
|
|
6030 {
|
|
|
6031 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6032 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
6033 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
6034 break;
|
|
|
6035 }
|
|
|
6036 }
|
|
|
6037 }
|
|
|
6038 }
|
|
|
6039 #endif
|
|
|
6040
|
|
|
6041 /*
|
|
|
6042 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
6043 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
6044 */
|
|
|
6045 static void
|
|
|
6046 replace_flush()
|
|
|
6047 {
|
|
|
6048 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6049 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6050 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
6051 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
6052 }
|
|
|
6053
|
|
|
6054 /*
|
|
|
6055 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
6056 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
6057 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6058 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
6059 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
6060 */
|
|
|
6061 static void
|
|
|
6062 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
6063 {
|
|
|
6064 int cc;
|
|
|
6065 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6066 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
6067 int ins_len;
|
|
|
6068 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
6069 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
6070 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6071 int i;
|
|
|
6072 int vcol;
|
|
|
6073 #endif
|
|
|
6074
|
|
|
6075 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6076 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6077 {
|
|
|
6078 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6079 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6080 {
|
|
|
6081 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
6082 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
6083 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
6084 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
6085 }
|
|
|
6086 #endif
|
|
|
6087 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6088 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6089 {
|
|
|
6090 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6091 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6092 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6093 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
6094 # endif
|
|
|
6095 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
6096 }
|
|
|
6097 else
|
|
|
6098 #endif
|
|
|
6099 {
|
|
|
6100 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
6101 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6102 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6103 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
6104 #endif
|
|
|
6105 }
|
|
|
6106 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6107
|
|
|
6108 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6109 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6110 {
|
|
|
6111 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
6112 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6113 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
6114 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
6115 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6116 {
|
|
|
6117 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
6118 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
6119 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
6120 #endif
|
|
|
6121 }
|
|
|
6122 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
6123
|
|
|
6124 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
6125 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
6126 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
6127 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
6128 {
|
|
|
6129 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6130 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
6131 }
|
|
|
6132 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
6133 }
|
|
|
6134 #endif
|
|
|
6135
|
|
|
6136 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
6137 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
6138 }
|
|
|
6139 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
6140 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6141 }
|
|
|
6142
|
|
|
6143 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6144 /*
|
|
|
6145 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
6146 */
|
|
|
6147 static int
|
|
|
6148 cindent_on()
|
|
|
6149 {
|
|
|
6150 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
6151 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6152 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
6153 # endif
|
|
|
6154 ));
|
|
|
6155 }
|
|
|
6156 #endif
|
|
|
6157
|
|
|
6158 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6159 /*
|
|
|
6160 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
6161 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
6162 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
6163 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
6164 */
|
|
|
6165
|
|
|
6166 void
|
|
|
6167 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
6168 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
6169 {
|
|
|
6170 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
6171 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6172 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
6173 }
|
|
|
6174
|
|
|
6175 void
|
|
|
6176 fix_indent()
|
|
|
6177 {
|
|
|
6178 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
6179 return;
|
|
|
6180 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
6181 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
6182 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
6183 # endif
|
|
|
6184 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
6185 else
|
|
|
6186 # endif
|
|
|
6187 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6188 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
6189 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
6190 # endif
|
|
|
6191 }
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 #endif
|
|
|
6194
|
|
|
6195 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6196 /*
|
|
|
6197 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
6198 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
6199 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
6200 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
6201 *
|
|
|
6202 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
6203 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
6204 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
6205 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
6206 *
|
|
|
6207 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
6208 */
|
|
|
6209 int
|
|
|
6210 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6211 int keytyped;
|
|
|
6212 int when;
|
|
|
6213 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
6214 {
|
|
|
6215 char_u *look;
|
|
|
6216 int try_match;
|
|
|
6217 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
6218 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6219 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6220 int icase;
|
|
|
6221 int i;
|
|
|
6222
|
|
|
6223 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6224 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
6225 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
6226 else
|
|
|
6227 #endif
|
|
|
6228 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
6229 while (*look)
|
|
|
6230 {
|
|
|
6231 /*
|
|
|
6232 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
6233 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
6234 */
|
|
|
6235 switch (when)
|
|
|
6236 {
|
|
|
6237 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
6238 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
6239 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
6240 }
|
|
|
6241 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
6242 ++look;
|
|
|
6243
|
|
|
6244 /*
|
|
|
6245 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
6246 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
6247 */
|
|
|
6248 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
6249 {
|
|
|
6250 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
6251 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6252 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6253 ++look;
|
|
|
6254 }
|
|
|
6255 else
|
|
|
6256 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
6257
|
|
|
6258 /*
|
|
|
6259 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
6260 */
|
|
|
6261 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
6262 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6263 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
6264 #else
|
|
|
6265 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
6266 #endif
|
|
|
6267 )
|
|
|
6268 {
|
|
|
6269 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
6270 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6271 look += 2;
|
|
|
6272 }
|
|
|
6273 /*
|
|
|
6274 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
6275 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
6276 */
|
|
|
6277 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
6278 {
|
|
|
6279 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
6280 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6281 ++look;
|
|
|
6282 }
|
|
|
6283 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
6284 {
|
|
|
6285 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
6286 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6287 ++look;
|
|
|
6288 }
|
|
|
6289
|
|
|
6290 /*
|
|
|
6291 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
6292 * cursor.
|
|
|
6293 */
|
|
|
6294 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
6295 {
|
|
|
6296 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
6297 {
|
|
|
6298 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6299 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
6300 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6301 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6302 }
|
|
|
6303 ++look;
|
|
|
6304 }
|
|
|
6305
|
|
|
6306 /*
|
|
|
6307 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
6308 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
6309 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
6310 */
|
|
|
6311 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
6312 {
|
|
|
6313 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
6314 {
|
|
|
6315 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6316 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
6317 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6318 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
6319 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
6320 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
6321 {
|
|
|
6322 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
6323 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
6324 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
6325 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6326 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
6327 if (i)
|
|
|
6328 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6329 }
|
|
|
6330 }
|
|
|
6331 ++look;
|
|
|
6332 }
|
|
|
6333
|
|
|
6334
|
|
|
6335 /*
|
|
|
6336 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
6337 */
|
|
|
6338 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
6339 {
|
|
|
6340 if (try_match)
|
|
|
6341 {
|
|
|
6342 /*
|
|
|
6343 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
6344 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
6345 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
6346 */
|
|
|
6347 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
6348 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
6349 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6350
|
|
|
6351 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
6352 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6353 }
|
|
|
6354 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
6355 look++;
|
|
|
6356 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
6357 look++;
|
|
|
6358 }
|
|
|
6359
|
|
|
6360 /*
|
|
|
6361 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
6362 */
|
|
|
6363 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
6364 {
|
|
|
6365 ++look;
|
|
|
6366 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
6367 {
|
|
|
6368 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
6369 ++look;
|
|
|
6370 }
|
|
|
6371 else
|
|
|
6372 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
6373 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
6374 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
6375 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
6376 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
6377 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
6378 {
|
|
|
6379 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6380
|
|
|
6381 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6382 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
6383 {
|
|
|
6384 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6385
|
|
|
6386 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
6387 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
6388 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6389 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6390 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6391 {
|
|
|
6392 char_u *n;
|
|
|
6393
|
|
|
6394 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
6395 {
|
|
|
6396 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
6397 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
6398 break;
|
|
|
6399 }
|
|
|
6400 }
|
|
|
6401 else
|
|
|
6402 # endif
|
|
|
6403 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
6404 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
6405 break;
|
|
|
6406 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6407 && (icase
|
|
|
6408 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
6409 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
6410 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6411 }
|
|
|
6412 else
|
|
|
6413 #endif
|
|
|
6414 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
6415 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
6416 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
6417 {
|
|
|
6418 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6419 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
6420 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
6421 && (icase
|
|
|
6422 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
6423 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
6424 == 0)
|
|
|
6425 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6426 }
|
|
|
6427 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
6428 {
|
|
|
6429 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
6430 * word. */
|
|
|
6431 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6432 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
6433 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
6434 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6435 }
|
|
|
6436 if (match)
|
|
|
6437 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6438 }
|
|
|
6439 look = p;
|
|
|
6440 }
|
|
|
6441
|
|
|
6442 /*
|
|
|
6443 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6444 */
|
|
|
6445 else
|
|
|
6446 {
|
|
|
6447 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6448 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6449 ++look;
|
|
|
6450 }
|
|
|
6451
|
|
|
6452 /*
|
|
|
6453 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6454 */
|
|
|
6455 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6456 }
|
|
|
6457 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6458 }
|
|
|
6459 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6460
|
|
|
6461 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6462 /*
|
|
|
6463 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6464 */
|
|
|
6465 int
|
|
|
6466 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6467 int c;
|
|
|
6468 {
|
|
|
6469 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6470 {
|
|
|
6471 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6472 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6473 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6474 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6475 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6476 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6477 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6478 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6479 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6480 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6481 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6482 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6483 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6484
|
|
|
6485 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6486 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6487 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6488 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6489 return 'X';
|
|
|
6490 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6491 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6492 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6493 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6494 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6495 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6496 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6497 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6498 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6499 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6500 #else
|
|
|
6501 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6502 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6503 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6504 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6505 */
|
|
|
6506 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6507 #endif
|
|
|
6508 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6509 else
|
|
|
6510 return c;
|
|
|
6511 }
|
|
|
6512 else
|
|
|
6513 {
|
|
|
6514 switch (c)
|
|
|
6515 {
|
|
|
6516 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6517 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6518 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6519 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6520 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6521
|
|
|
6522 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6523 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6524 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6525 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6526 default: {
|
|
|
6527 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6528
|
|
|
6529 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6530 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6531 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6532 #else
|
|
|
6533 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6534 #endif
|
|
|
6535 return c;
|
|
|
6536 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6537 break;
|
|
|
6538 }
|
|
|
6539 }
|
|
|
6540
|
|
|
6541 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6542 }
|
|
|
6543 }
|
|
|
6544 #endif
|
|
|
6545
|
|
|
6546 static void
|
|
|
6547 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6548 {
|
|
|
6549 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6550 int regname;
|
|
|
6551 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6552
|
|
|
6553 /*
|
|
|
6554 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6555 */
|
|
|
6556 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6557 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6558 {
|
|
|
6559 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
6560 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
6561
|
|
|
6562 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6563 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6564 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6565 #endif
|
|
|
6566 }
|
|
|
6567
|
|
|
6568 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6569 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6570 #endif
|
|
|
6571
|
|
|
6572 /*
|
|
|
6573 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6574 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6575 */
|
|
|
6576 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6577 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6578 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6579 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6580 #endif
|
|
|
6581 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6582 {
|
|
|
6583 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6584 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6585 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6586 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6587 #endif
|
|
|
6588 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6589 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6590 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6591 #endif
|
|
|
6592 }
|
|
|
6593 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6594
|
|
|
6595 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6596 /*
|
|
|
6597 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6598 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6599 */
|
|
|
6600 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6601 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6602 {
|
|
133
|
6603 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6604 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6605 # endif
|
|
7
|
6606 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6607 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6608 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6609 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6610 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6611 # endif
|
|
7
|
6612 }
|
|
140
|
6613 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6614 {
|
|
|
6615 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6616 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6617 }
|
|
7
|
6618 else
|
|
|
6619 {
|
|
|
6620 #endif
|
|
|
6621 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6622 {
|
|
|
6623 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6624 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6625 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6626 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6627
|
|
|
6628 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6629 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6630 }
|
|
|
6631 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6632 {
|
|
|
6633 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6634 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6635 }
|
|
133
|
6636 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6637 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6638 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6639 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6640 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6641
|
|
7
|
6642 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6643 }
|
|
|
6644 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6645 #endif
|
|
|
6646 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6647 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6648 #endif
|
|
|
6649
|
|
|
6650 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6651 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6652 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6653 }
|
|
|
6654
|
|
|
6655 /*
|
|
|
6656 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6657 */
|
|
|
6658 static void
|
|
|
6659 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6660 {
|
|
|
6661 int c;
|
|
|
6662
|
|
|
6663 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6664 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6665 setcursor();
|
|
|
6666 #endif
|
|
|
6667
|
|
|
6668 /*
|
|
|
6669 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6670 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6671 */
|
|
|
6672 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6673 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6674 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6675 switch (c)
|
|
|
6676 {
|
|
|
6677 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6678 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6679 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6680 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6681 break;
|
|
|
6682
|
|
|
6683 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6684 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6685 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6686 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6687 break;
|
|
|
6688
|
|
|
6689 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6690 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6691 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
6692
|
|
|
6693 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
|
6694 * aline to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
|
6695 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
6696 break;
|
|
|
6697
|
|
|
6698 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6699 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6700 }
|
|
|
6701 }
|
|
|
6702
|
|
|
6703 /*
|
|
449
|
6704 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6705 */
|
|
|
6706 static void
|
|
|
6707 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
6708 {
|
|
|
6709 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6710 {
|
|
|
6711 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
6712 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
6713 {
|
|
|
6714 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6715 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6716 }
|
|
|
6717 else
|
|
|
6718 {
|
|
|
6719 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
6720 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6721 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6722 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6723 #endif
|
|
|
6724 }
|
|
|
6725 }
|
|
|
6726 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6727 else
|
|
|
6728 {
|
|
|
6729 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
6730 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
6731 {
|
|
|
6732 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6733 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6734 }
|
|
|
6735 else
|
|
|
6736 {
|
|
|
6737 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
6738 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6739 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
6740 }
|
|
|
6741 }
|
|
|
6742 #endif
|
|
|
6743 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
6744 showmode();
|
|
|
6745 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6746 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
6747 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6748 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6749 #endif
|
|
|
6750 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
6751 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
6752 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
6753 #endif
|
|
|
6754 }
|
|
|
6755
|
|
|
6756 /*
|
|
7
|
6757 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6758 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6759 * insert.
|
|
|
6760 */
|
|
|
6761 static int
|
|
477
|
6762 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
6763 long *count;
|
|
|
6764 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
6765 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
6766 {
|
|
|
6767 int temp;
|
|
|
6768 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6769
|
|
449
|
6770 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6771 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6772 #endif
|
|
7
|
6773 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6774 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6775 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6776 # endif
|
|
|
6777 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6778 {
|
|
|
6779 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6780 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6781 }
|
|
|
6782 #endif
|
|
|
6783
|
|
|
6784 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6785 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6786 {
|
|
|
6787 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6788 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6789 }
|
|
|
6790 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6791 {
|
|
|
6792 /*
|
|
|
6793 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6794 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6795 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6796 */
|
|
|
6797 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6798 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6799
|
|
|
6800 /*
|
|
|
6801 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6802 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6803 */
|
|
|
6804 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6805 {
|
|
|
6806 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6807 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6808 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6809 }
|
|
|
6810
|
|
|
6811 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6812 {
|
|
164
|
6813 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
6814 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
6815 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
6816
|
|
7
|
6817 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6818 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6819 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6820 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6821 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6822 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6823 }
|
|
|
6824 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6825 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6826 }
|
|
|
6827
|
|
|
6828 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6829 * indent */
|
|
|
6830 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6831 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6832
|
|
|
6833 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6834 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6835 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6836
|
|
|
6837 /*
|
|
|
6838 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
6839 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
6840 */
|
|
477
|
6841 if (!nomove
|
|
|
6842 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
6843 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6844 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6845 #endif
|
|
477
|
6846 )
|
|
|
6847 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6848 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
6849 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
6850 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6851 #endif
|
|
|
6852 ))
|
|
7
|
6853 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6854 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6855 #endif
|
|
|
6856 )
|
|
|
6857 {
|
|
|
6858 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6859 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6860 {
|
|
|
6861 oneleft();
|
|
|
6862 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6863 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6864 }
|
|
|
6865 else
|
|
|
6866 #endif
|
|
|
6867 {
|
|
|
6868 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6869 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6870 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6871 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6872 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6873 #endif
|
|
|
6874 }
|
|
|
6875 }
|
|
|
6876
|
|
|
6877 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6878 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6879 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6880 * well). */
|
|
|
6881 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6882 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6883 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6884 #endif
|
|
|
6885
|
|
|
6886 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6887 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6888 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6889
|
|
|
6890 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6891 setmouse();
|
|
|
6892 #endif
|
|
|
6893 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6894 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6895 #endif
|
|
|
6896
|
|
|
6897 /*
|
|
|
6898 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6899 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6900 */
|
|
|
6901 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6902 showmode();
|
|
|
6903 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6904 MSG("");
|
|
|
6905
|
|
|
6906 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6907 }
|
|
|
6908
|
|
|
6909 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6910 /*
|
|
|
6911 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6912 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6913 */
|
|
|
6914 static void
|
|
|
6915 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6916 {
|
|
|
6917 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6918 {
|
|
|
6919 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6920 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6921 }
|
|
|
6922 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6923 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6924 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6925 {
|
|
|
6926 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6927 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6928 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6929 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6930 }
|
|
|
6931 else
|
|
|
6932 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6933 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6934 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6935 {
|
|
|
6936 /*
|
|
|
6937 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6938 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6939 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6940 */
|
|
|
6941 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6942 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6943 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6944 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6945 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6946 }
|
|
|
6947 else
|
|
|
6948 #endif
|
|
|
6949 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6950 showmode();
|
|
|
6951 }
|
|
|
6952 #endif
|
|
|
6953
|
|
|
6954 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6955 /*
|
|
|
6956 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6957 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6958 */
|
|
|
6959 static int
|
|
|
6960 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6961 int c;
|
|
|
6962 {
|
|
|
6963 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6964 switch (c)
|
|
|
6965 {
|
|
|
6966 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6967 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6968 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6969 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6970 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6971 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6972 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6973 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6974 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6975 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6976 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6977 case K_END:
|
|
|
6978 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6979 # endif
|
|
|
6980 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6981 break;
|
|
|
6982 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6983 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6984 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6985 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6986 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6987 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6988 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6989 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6990 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6991 start_selection();
|
|
|
6992
|
|
|
6993 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6994 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6995 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6996 {
|
|
|
6997 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6998
|
|
|
6999 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
7000 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
7001 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
7002 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
7003 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
7004 }
|
|
|
7005 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
7006 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7007 }
|
|
|
7008 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7009 }
|
|
|
7010 #endif
|
|
|
7011
|
|
|
7012 /*
|
|
449
|
7013 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
7014 */
|
|
|
7015 static void
|
|
|
7016 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
7017 int replaceState;
|
|
|
7018 {
|
|
|
7019 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7020 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7021 {
|
|
|
7022 beep_flush();
|
|
|
7023 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
7024 return;
|
|
|
7025 }
|
|
|
7026 #endif
|
|
|
7027
|
|
|
7028 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
7029 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
7030 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
7031 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
7032 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
7033 # endif
|
|
449
|
7034 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
7035 #endif
|
|
|
7036 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7037 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7038 else
|
|
|
7039 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7040 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
7041 showmode();
|
|
|
7042 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7043 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7044 #endif
|
|
|
7045 }
|
|
|
7046
|
|
|
7047 /*
|
|
|
7048 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7049 */
|
|
|
7050 static void
|
|
|
7051 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
7052 {
|
|
|
7053 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7054 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7055 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
7056 else
|
|
|
7057 #endif
|
|
|
7058 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7059 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
7060 else
|
|
|
7061 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
7062 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7063 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7064 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
7065 else
|
|
|
7066 #endif
|
|
|
7067 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
7068 }
|
|
|
7069
|
|
|
7070 /*
|
|
7
|
7071 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
7072 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
7073 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
7074 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
7075 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
7076 */
|
|
|
7077 static void
|
|
|
7078 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
7079 int c;
|
|
|
7080 int lastc;
|
|
|
7081 {
|
|
|
7082 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7083 return;
|
|
|
7084 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7085
|
|
|
7086 /*
|
|
|
7087 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
7088 */
|
|
|
7089 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7090 {
|
|
|
7091 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7092 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
7093 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
7094 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7095 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7096 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
7097 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
7098 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7099 }
|
|
|
7100 else
|
|
|
7101 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7102
|
|
|
7103 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
7104 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7105 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7106 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7107 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7108 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7109 #endif
|
|
|
7110 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7111 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
7112 #endif
|
|
|
7113 }
|
|
|
7114
|
|
|
7115 static void
|
|
|
7116 ins_del()
|
|
|
7117 {
|
|
|
7118 int temp;
|
|
|
7119
|
|
|
7120 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7121 return;
|
|
|
7122 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
7123 {
|
|
|
7124 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7125 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
7126 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
7127 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
7128 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7129 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7130 else
|
|
|
7131 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7132 }
|
|
|
7133 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
7134 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7135 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7136 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7137 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7138 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7139 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7140 #endif
|
|
|
7141 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
7142 }
|
|
|
7143
|
|
|
7144 /*
|
|
|
7145 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7146 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
7147 */
|
|
|
7148 static int
|
|
|
7149 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
7150 int c;
|
|
|
7151 int mode;
|
|
|
7152 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
7153 {
|
|
|
7154 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7155 int cc;
|
|
|
7156 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7157 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
7158 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
7159 int in_indent;
|
|
|
7160 int oldState;
|
|
|
7161 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7162 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
7163 #endif
|
|
|
7164
|
|
|
7165 /*
|
|
|
7166 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
7167 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
7168 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
7169 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
7170 */
|
|
|
7171 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
7172 || (
|
|
|
7173 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7174 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
7175 #endif
|
|
|
7176 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7177 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
7178 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
7179 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7180 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
7181 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
7182 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
7183 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
7184 {
|
|
|
7185 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7186 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7187 }
|
|
|
7188
|
|
|
7189 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7190 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7191 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7192 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7193 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
7194 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7195 #endif
|
|
|
7196 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7197 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
7198 #endif
|
|
|
7199 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7200 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
7201 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7202 #endif
|
|
|
7203
|
|
|
7204 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7205 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
7206 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
7207 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
7208 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
7209 */
|
|
|
7210 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
7211 {
|
|
|
7212 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7213 {
|
|
|
7214 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7215 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7216 }
|
|
|
7217 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
7218 {
|
|
|
7219 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7220 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7221 }
|
|
|
7222 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7223 }
|
|
|
7224 #endif
|
|
|
7225
|
|
|
7226 /*
|
|
|
7227 * delete newline!
|
|
|
7228 */
|
|
|
7229 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7230 {
|
|
|
7231 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7232 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7233 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7234 || revins_on
|
|
|
7235 #endif
|
|
|
7236 )
|
|
|
7237 {
|
|
|
7238 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
7239 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7240 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7241 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7242 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7243 }
|
|
|
7244 /*
|
|
|
7245 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
7246 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7247 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
7248 */
|
|
|
7249 cc = -1;
|
|
|
7250 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7251 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
7252 /*
|
|
|
7253 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
7254 * cursor.
|
|
|
7255 */
|
|
|
7256 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
7257 {
|
|
|
7258 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7259 }
|
|
|
7260 else
|
|
|
7261 {
|
|
|
7262 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7263 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7264 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
7265 #endif
|
|
|
7266 {
|
|
|
7267 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
7268 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
7269
|
|
|
7270 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
7271 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
7272 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
7273 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
7274 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
7275 {
|
|
|
7276 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7277 TRUE);
|
|
|
7278 int len;
|
|
|
7279
|
|
|
7280 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
7281 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
7282 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
7283 }
|
|
|
7284
|
|
7
|
7285 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
7286 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7287 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7288 }
|
|
|
7289 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7290 else
|
|
|
7291 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7292 #endif
|
|
|
7293
|
|
|
7294 /*
|
|
|
7295 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
7296 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
7297 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
7298 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
7299 */
|
|
|
7300 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7301 {
|
|
|
7302 /*
|
|
|
7303 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
7304 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
7305 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
7306 */
|
|
|
7307 oldState = State;
|
|
|
7308 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7309 /*
|
|
|
7310 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
7311 */
|
|
|
7312 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7313 {
|
|
|
7314 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7315 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7316 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7317 #else
|
|
|
7318 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7319 #endif
|
|
|
7320 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7321 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7322 }
|
|
|
7323 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
7324 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7325 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7326 }
|
|
|
7327 }
|
|
|
7328 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7329 }
|
|
|
7330 else
|
|
|
7331 {
|
|
|
7332 /*
|
|
|
7333 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
7334 */
|
|
|
7335 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7336 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
7337 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7338 #endif
|
|
|
7339 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
7340 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
7341 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
7342 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7343 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7344 #endif
|
|
|
7345 )
|
|
|
7346 {
|
|
|
7347 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7348 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
7349 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
7350 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7351 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7352 }
|
|
|
7353
|
|
|
7354 /*
|
|
|
7355 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
7356 */
|
|
|
7357 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
7358 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
648
|
7359 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
|
7
|
7360 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
7361 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
7362 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
7363 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
7364 {
|
|
|
7365 int ts;
|
|
|
7366 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
7367 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
7368 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
7369
|
|
|
7370 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
648
|
7371 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7
|
7372 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7373 else
|
|
|
7374 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7375 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
7376 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
7377 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
7378 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7379 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7380 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
7381 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7382 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
7383
|
|
|
7384 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
7385 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
7386 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
7387 {
|
|
|
7388 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7389 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7390 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7391 {
|
|
|
7392 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
7393 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
7394 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7395 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7396 {
|
|
|
7397 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
7398 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7399 {
|
|
|
7400 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7401 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
7402 }
|
|
|
7403 else
|
|
|
7404 #endif
|
|
|
7405 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7406 }
|
|
|
7407 }
|
|
|
7408 else
|
|
|
7409 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7410 }
|
|
|
7411
|
|
|
7412 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
7413 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7414 {
|
|
|
7415 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
7416 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7417 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7418 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7419
|
|
|
7420 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7421 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7422 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7423 else
|
|
|
7424 #endif
|
|
|
7425 {
|
|
|
7426 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7427 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
7428 {
|
|
|
7429 if (extra)
|
|
|
7430 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
7431 else
|
|
|
7432 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7433 }
|
|
|
7434 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
7435 extra = 1;
|
|
|
7436 }
|
|
|
7437 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7438 }
|
|
|
7439 }
|
|
|
7440
|
|
|
7441 /*
|
|
|
7442 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
7443 */
|
|
|
7444 else do
|
|
|
7445 {
|
|
|
7446 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7447 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
7448 #endif
|
|
|
7449 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7450
|
|
|
7451 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
7452 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
7453 {
|
|
|
7454 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
7455 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
7456 }
|
|
|
7457 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
7458 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
7459 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
7460 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
7461 {
|
|
|
7462 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7463 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
7464 #endif
|
|
|
7465 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7466 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7467 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7468 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7469 #endif
|
|
|
7470 break;
|
|
|
7471 }
|
|
|
7472 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7473 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7474 else
|
|
|
7475 {
|
|
|
7476 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7477 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
7478 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
7479 #endif
|
|
|
7480 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7481 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7482 /*
|
|
|
7483 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
7484 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
7485 * character.
|
|
|
7486 */
|
|
|
7487 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
7488 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7489 #endif
|
|
|
7490 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7491 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7492 {
|
|
|
7493 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7494 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7495 }
|
|
|
7496 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7497 break;
|
|
|
7498 #endif
|
|
|
7499 }
|
|
|
7500 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7501 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7502 break;
|
|
|
7503 } while (
|
|
|
7504 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7505 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7506 #endif
|
|
|
7507 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7508 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7509 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7510 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7511 }
|
|
|
7512 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7513 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7514 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7515 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7516 #endif
|
|
|
7517 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7518 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7519 /*
|
|
|
7520 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7521 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7522 * with.
|
|
|
7523 */
|
|
|
7524 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7525
|
|
|
7526 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7527 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7528 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7529 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7530
|
|
|
7531 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7532 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7533 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7534 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7535 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7536 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7537 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7538 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7539 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7540
|
|
|
7541 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
7542 }
|
|
|
7543
|
|
|
7544 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7545 static void
|
|
|
7546 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7547 int c;
|
|
|
7548 {
|
|
|
7549 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7550
|
|
|
7551 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7552 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7553 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7554 # endif
|
|
|
7555 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7556 return;
|
|
|
7557
|
|
|
7558 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7559 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7560 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
7561 {
|
|
|
7562 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7563 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7564 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7565 # endif
|
|
|
7566 }
|
|
|
7567
|
|
|
7568 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
7569 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
7570 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
7571 #endif
|
|
|
7572 }
|
|
|
7573
|
|
|
7574 static void
|
|
|
7575 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7576 int up;
|
|
|
7577 {
|
|
|
7578 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7579 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7580 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7581 # endif
|
|
|
7582
|
|
|
7583 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7584
|
|
|
7585 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7586 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7587
|
|
|
7588 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7589 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7590 {
|
|
|
7591 int row, col;
|
|
|
7592
|
|
|
7593 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7594 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7595
|
|
|
7596 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7597 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7598 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7599 }
|
|
|
7600 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7601 # endif
|
|
|
7602 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7603
|
|
|
7604 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7605 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7606 else
|
|
|
7607 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7608
|
|
|
7609 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7610 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7611
|
|
|
7612 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7613 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7614 # endif
|
|
|
7615
|
|
|
7616 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7617 {
|
|
|
7618 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7619 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7620 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7621 # endif
|
|
|
7622 }
|
|
|
7623 }
|
|
|
7624 #endif
|
|
|
7625
|
|
|
7626 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7627 void
|
|
|
7628 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7629 {
|
|
|
7630 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7631
|
|
|
7632 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7633 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7634 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7635 {
|
|
|
7636 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7637 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7638 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7639 # endif
|
|
|
7640 }
|
|
|
7641 }
|
|
|
7642
|
|
|
7643 void
|
|
|
7644 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7645 {
|
|
|
7646 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7647
|
|
|
7648 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7649 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7650 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7651 {
|
|
|
7652 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7653 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7654 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7655 # endif
|
|
|
7656 }
|
|
|
7657 }
|
|
|
7658 #endif
|
|
|
7659
|
|
|
7660 static void
|
|
|
7661 ins_left()
|
|
|
7662 {
|
|
|
7663 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7664
|
|
|
7665 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7666 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7667 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7668 #endif
|
|
|
7669 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7670 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7671 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7672 {
|
|
|
7673 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7674 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7675 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7676 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7677 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7678 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7679 #endif
|
|
|
7680 }
|
|
|
7681
|
|
|
7682 /*
|
|
|
7683 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7684 * previous line
|
|
|
7685 */
|
|
|
7686 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7687 {
|
|
|
7688 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7689 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7690 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7691 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7692 }
|
|
|
7693 else
|
|
|
7694 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7695 }
|
|
|
7696
|
|
|
7697 static void
|
|
|
7698 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7699 int c;
|
|
|
7700 {
|
|
|
7701 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7702
|
|
|
7703 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7704 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7705 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7706 #endif
|
|
|
7707 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7708 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7709 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7710 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7711 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7712 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7713 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7714 #endif
|
|
|
7715 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7716 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7717 }
|
|
|
7718
|
|
|
7719 static void
|
|
|
7720 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7721 int c;
|
|
|
7722 {
|
|
|
7723 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7724
|
|
|
7725 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7726 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7727 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7728 #endif
|
|
|
7729 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7730 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7731 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7732 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7733 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7734 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7735
|
|
|
7736 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7737 }
|
|
|
7738
|
|
|
7739 static void
|
|
|
7740 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7741 {
|
|
|
7742 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7743 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7744 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7745 #endif
|
|
|
7746 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7747 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7748 {
|
|
|
7749 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7750 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7751 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7752 }
|
|
|
7753 else
|
|
|
7754 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7755 }
|
|
|
7756
|
|
|
7757 static void
|
|
|
7758 ins_right()
|
|
|
7759 {
|
|
|
7760 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7761 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7762 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7763 #endif
|
|
|
7764 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7765 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7766 )
|
|
|
7767 {
|
|
|
7768 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7769 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7770 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7771 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7772 oneright();
|
|
|
7773 else
|
|
|
7774 #endif
|
|
|
7775 {
|
|
|
7776 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7777 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
7778 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
7779 else
|
|
|
7780 #endif
|
|
|
7781 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7782 }
|
|
|
7783
|
|
|
7784 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7785 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7786 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7787 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7788 #endif
|
|
|
7789 }
|
|
|
7790 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7791 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7792 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7793 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7794 {
|
|
|
7795 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7796 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7797 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7798 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7799 }
|
|
|
7800 else
|
|
|
7801 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7802 }
|
|
|
7803
|
|
|
7804 static void
|
|
|
7805 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7806 {
|
|
|
7807 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7808 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7809 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7810 #endif
|
|
|
7811 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7812 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7813 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7814 {
|
|
|
7815 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7816 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7817 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7818 }
|
|
|
7819 else
|
|
|
7820 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7821 }
|
|
|
7822
|
|
|
7823 static void
|
|
|
7824 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7825 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7826 {
|
|
|
7827 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7828 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7829 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7830 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7831 #endif
|
|
|
7832
|
|
|
7833 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7834 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7835 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7836 {
|
|
|
7837 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7838 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7839 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7840 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7841 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7842 #endif
|
|
|
7843 )
|
|
|
7844 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7845 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7846 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7847 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7848 #endif
|
|
|
7849 }
|
|
|
7850 else
|
|
|
7851 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7852 }
|
|
|
7853
|
|
|
7854 static void
|
|
|
7855 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7856 {
|
|
|
7857 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7858
|
|
|
7859 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7860 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7861 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7862 {
|
|
|
7863 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7864 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7865 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7866 #endif
|
|
|
7867 }
|
|
|
7868 else
|
|
|
7869 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7870 }
|
|
|
7871
|
|
|
7872 static void
|
|
|
7873 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7874 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7875 {
|
|
|
7876 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7877 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7878 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7879 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7880 #endif
|
|
|
7881
|
|
|
7882 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7883 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7884 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7885 {
|
|
|
7886 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7887 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7888 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7889 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7890 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7891 #endif
|
|
|
7892 )
|
|
|
7893 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7894 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7895 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7896 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7897 #endif
|
|
|
7898 }
|
|
|
7899 else
|
|
|
7900 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7901 }
|
|
|
7902
|
|
|
7903 static void
|
|
|
7904 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7905 {
|
|
|
7906 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7907
|
|
|
7908 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7909 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7910 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7911 {
|
|
|
7912 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7913 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7914 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7915 #endif
|
|
|
7916 }
|
|
|
7917 else
|
|
|
7918 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7919 }
|
|
|
7920
|
|
|
7921 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7922 static void
|
|
|
7923 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7924 {
|
|
|
7925 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7926 }
|
|
|
7927 #endif
|
|
|
7928
|
|
|
7929 /*
|
|
|
7930 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7931 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7932 */
|
|
|
7933 static int
|
|
|
7934 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7935 {
|
|
|
7936 int ind;
|
|
|
7937 int i;
|
|
|
7938 int temp;
|
|
|
7939
|
|
|
7940 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7941 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7942 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7943 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7944
|
|
|
7945 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7946 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7947 if (ind)
|
|
|
7948 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7949 #endif
|
|
|
7950
|
|
|
7951 /*
|
|
|
7952 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7953 */
|
|
|
7954 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7955 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7956 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7957 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7958
|
|
|
7959 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7960 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7961
|
|
|
7962 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7963 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7964 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7965 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7966 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7967 #endif
|
|
|
7968 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7969
|
|
|
7970 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7971 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7972 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7973 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7974 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7975 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7976 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7977
|
|
|
7978 /*
|
|
|
7979 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7980 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7981 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7982 */
|
|
|
7983 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7984 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7985 {
|
|
|
7986 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7987 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7988 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7989 else
|
|
|
7990 #endif
|
|
|
7991 {
|
|
|
7992 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7993 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7994 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7995 }
|
|
|
7996 }
|
|
|
7997
|
|
|
7998 /*
|
|
|
7999 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
8000 */
|
|
|
8001 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
8002 {
|
|
|
8003 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8004 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8005 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
8006 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
8007 #endif
|
|
|
8008 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
8009 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
8010 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
8011 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
8012 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
8013
|
|
|
8014 /*
|
|
|
8015 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
8016 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
8017 */
|
|
|
8018 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8019 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8020 {
|
|
|
8021 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8022 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
8023 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
8024 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
8025 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8026 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
8027 }
|
|
|
8028 else
|
|
|
8029 #endif
|
|
|
8030 {
|
|
|
8031 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
8032 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8033 }
|
|
|
8034
|
|
|
8035 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
8036 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8037 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
8038
|
|
|
8039 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
8040 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8041 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
8042 {
|
|
|
8043 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
8044 --ptr;
|
|
|
8045 }
|
|
|
8046
|
|
|
8047 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
8048 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8049 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8050 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8051 {
|
|
|
8052 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8053 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
8054 }
|
|
|
8055
|
|
|
8056 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
8057 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8058 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8059
|
|
|
8060 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
8061 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
8062 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
8063 {
|
|
|
8064 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
8065 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8066 break;
|
|
|
8067 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
8068 {
|
|
|
8069 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
8070 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
8071 {
|
|
|
8072 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
8073 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
8074 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8075 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
8076 }
|
|
|
8077 }
|
|
|
8078 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
8079 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8080 vcol += i;
|
|
|
8081 }
|
|
|
8082
|
|
|
8083 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8084 {
|
|
|
8085 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
8086
|
|
|
8087 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
8088 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
8089 {
|
|
|
8090 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
8091 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8092 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
8093 }
|
|
|
8094 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8095 {
|
|
|
8096 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
8097 --ptr;
|
|
|
8098 --repl_off;
|
|
|
8099 }
|
|
|
8100 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
8101
|
|
|
8102 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
8103 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8104 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
8105 {
|
|
|
8106 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
8107 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
8108 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8109 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8110 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8111 #endif
|
|
|
8112 )
|
|
|
8113 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
8114 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
8115 }
|
|
33
|
8116 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
8117 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
8118 {
|
|
|
8119 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8120 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
8121 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8122 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
8123 }
|
|
|
8124 #endif
|
|
7
|
8125 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
8126
|
|
|
8127 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8128 /*
|
|
|
8129 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
8130 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
8131 * spacing.
|
|
|
8132 */
|
|
|
8133 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8134 {
|
|
|
8135 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
8136 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
8137
|
|
|
8138 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
8139 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
8140 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
8141 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
8142 }
|
|
|
8143 #endif
|
|
|
8144 }
|
|
|
8145
|
|
|
8146 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8147 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8148 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
8149 #endif
|
|
|
8150 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
8151 }
|
|
|
8152
|
|
|
8153 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8154 }
|
|
|
8155
|
|
|
8156 /*
|
|
|
8157 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
8158 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
8159 */
|
|
|
8160 static int
|
|
|
8161 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
8162 int c;
|
|
|
8163 {
|
|
|
8164 int i;
|
|
|
8165
|
|
|
8166 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8167 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8168 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8169 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8170 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8171
|
|
|
8172 /*
|
|
|
8173 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
8174 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
8175 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
8176 */
|
|
|
8177 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8178 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8179 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8180 #endif
|
|
|
8181 )
|
|
|
8182 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8183
|
|
|
8184 /*
|
|
|
8185 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
8186 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
8187 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
8188 * in open_line().
|
|
|
8189 */
|
|
|
8190
|
|
|
8191 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8192 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8193 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
8194 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
8195 # endif
|
|
|
8196 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
8197 * current line. */
|
|
|
8198 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
8199 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
8200 #endif
|
|
|
8201
|
|
|
8202 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
8203 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
8204 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8205 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
8206 #endif
|
|
|
8207 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
8208 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
8209 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8210 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8211 #endif
|
|
|
8212
|
|
|
8213 return (!i);
|
|
|
8214 }
|
|
|
8215
|
|
|
8216 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
8217 /*
|
|
|
8218 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
8219 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
8220 * done.
|
|
|
8221 */
|
|
|
8222 static int
|
|
|
8223 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
8224 {
|
|
|
8225 int c;
|
|
|
8226 int cc;
|
|
|
8227
|
|
|
8228 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
8229 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8230 {
|
|
|
8231 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
8232 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8233
|
|
|
8234 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
8235 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8236 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
8237 #endif
|
|
|
8238 }
|
|
|
8239
|
|
|
8240 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
8241 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
8242 #endif
|
|
|
8243
|
|
|
8244 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
8245 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
8246 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8247 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8248 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8249 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8250 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8251 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
8252 {
|
|
|
8253 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8254 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8255 #endif
|
|
|
8256 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8257 return NUL;
|
|
|
8258 }
|
|
|
8259 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
8260 {
|
|
|
8261 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8262 {
|
|
|
8263 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
8264 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8265
|
|
|
8266 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
8267 {
|
|
|
8268 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
8269 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
8270 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8271 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8272 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
8273 }
|
|
|
8274 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8275 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
8276 #endif
|
|
|
8277 }
|
|
|
8278 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8279 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8280 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8281 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8282 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8283 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
8284 {
|
|
|
8285 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
8286 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
8287 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8288 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8289 #endif
|
|
|
8290 return c;
|
|
|
8291 }
|
|
|
8292 }
|
|
|
8293 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8294 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8295 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8296 #endif
|
|
|
8297 return NUL;
|
|
|
8298 }
|
|
|
8299 #endif
|
|
|
8300
|
|
|
8301 /*
|
|
|
8302 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
8303 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
8304 */
|
|
|
8305 static int
|
|
|
8306 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
8307 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8308 {
|
|
|
8309 int c;
|
|
|
8310 int temp;
|
|
|
8311 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8312
|
|
|
8313 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8314 {
|
|
|
8315 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8316 return NUL;
|
|
|
8317 }
|
|
|
8318
|
|
|
8319 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
8320 temp = 0;
|
|
|
8321 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
8322 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8323 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8324 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8325 {
|
|
|
8326 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8327 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
8328 }
|
|
|
8329 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
8330 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8331
|
|
|
8332 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8333 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
8334 #else
|
|
|
8335 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
8336 #endif
|
|
|
8337 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
8338 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8339 return c;
|
|
|
8340 }
|
|
|
8341
|
|
449
|
8342 /*
|
|
|
8343 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8344 */
|
|
|
8345 static int
|
|
|
8346 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
8347 int tc;
|
|
|
8348 {
|
|
|
8349 int c = tc;
|
|
|
8350
|
|
|
8351 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8352 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
8353 {
|
|
|
8354 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
8355 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
8356 else
|
|
|
8357 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
8358 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8359 }
|
|
|
8360 else
|
|
|
8361 #endif
|
|
|
8362 {
|
|
|
8363 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
8364 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
8365 {
|
|
|
8366 long tw_save;
|
|
|
8367
|
|
|
8368 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
8369 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
8370 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
8371 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
8372 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
8373 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
8374 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
8375 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
8376 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8377 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
8378 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8379 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8380 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8381 #endif
|
|
|
8382 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
8383 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
8384 }
|
|
|
8385 }
|
|
|
8386 return c;
|
|
|
8387 }
|
|
|
8388
|
|
7
|
8389 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8390 /*
|
|
|
8391 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
8392 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
8393 */
|
|
|
8394 static void
|
|
|
8395 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
8396 int c;
|
|
|
8397 {
|
|
|
8398 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
8399 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8400 int i;
|
|
|
8401 int temp;
|
|
|
8402
|
|
|
8403 /*
|
|
|
8404 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
8405 */
|
|
|
8406 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
8407 {
|
|
|
8408 /*
|
|
|
8409 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
8410 */
|
|
|
8411 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8412 {
|
|
|
8413 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8414 /*
|
|
|
8415 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
8416 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
8417 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
8418 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
8419 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
8420 */
|
|
|
8421 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
8422 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
8423 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
8424 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
8425 ;
|
|
|
8426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8427 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
8428 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8429 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
8430 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8431 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8432 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8433 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8434 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
8435 else
|
|
|
8436 #endif
|
|
|
8437 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8438 }
|
|
|
8439 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8440 {
|
|
|
8441 /*
|
|
|
8442 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
8443 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
8444 */
|
|
|
8445 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
8446 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8447 {
|
|
|
8448 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8449 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8450 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8451 {
|
|
|
8452 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
8453
|
|
|
8454 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
8455 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8456 break;
|
|
|
8457 }
|
|
|
8458 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
8459 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8460 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8461 }
|
|
|
8462 if (temp)
|
|
|
8463 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
8464 }
|
|
|
8465 }
|
|
|
8466
|
|
|
8467 /*
|
|
|
8468 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
8469 */
|
|
|
8470 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
8471 {
|
|
|
8472 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
8473 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8474 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8475 }
|
|
|
8476
|
|
|
8477 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
8478 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8479 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8480 }
|
|
|
8481 #endif
|
|
|
8482
|
|
|
8483 /*
|
|
|
8484 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
8485 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
8486 */
|
|
|
8487 static colnr_T
|
|
|
8488 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
8489 {
|
|
|
8490 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8491 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8492 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8493 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8494 }
|
